UNPKG

405 kBTypeScriptView Raw
1import {Request} from '../lib/request';
2import {Response} from '../lib/response';
3import {AWSError} from '../lib/error';
4import {Service} from '../lib/service';
5import {WaiterConfiguration} from '../lib/service';
6import {ServiceConfigurationOptions} from '../lib/service';
7import {ConfigBase as Config} from '../lib/config';
8interface Blob {}
9declare class IAM extends Service {
10 /**
11 * Constructs a service object. This object has one method for each API operation.
12 */
13 constructor(options?: IAM.Types.ClientConfiguration)
14 config: Config & IAM.Types.ClientConfiguration;
15 /**
16 * Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an existing client ID to the provider.
17 */
18 addClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
19 /**
20 * Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an existing client ID to the provider.
21 */
22 addClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
23 /**
24 * Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this limit cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it. The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
25 */
26 addRoleToInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
27 /**
28 * Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this limit cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it. The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
29 */
30 addRoleToInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
31 /**
32 * Adds the specified user to the specified group.
33 */
34 addUserToGroup(params: IAM.Types.AddUserToGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
35 /**
36 * Adds the specified user to the specified group.
37 */
38 addUserToGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
39 /**
40 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
41 */
42 attachGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.AttachGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
43 /**
44 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
45 */
46 attachGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
47 /**
48 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy. You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. Use this API to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
49 */
50 attachRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.AttachRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
51 /**
52 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy. You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. Use this API to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
53 */
54 attachRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
55 /**
56 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
57 */
58 attachUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.AttachUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
59 /**
60 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
61 */
62 attachUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
63 /**
64 * Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. The AWS account root user password is not affected by this operation. To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
65 */
66 changePassword(params: IAM.Types.ChangePasswordRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
67 /**
68 * Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. The AWS account root user password is not affected by this operation. To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
69 */
70 changePassword(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
71 /**
72 * Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about limits on the number of keys you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.
73 */
74 createAccessKey(params: IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse, AWSError>;
75 /**
76 * Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about limits on the number of keys you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.
77 */
78 createAccessKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse, AWSError>;
79 /**
80 * Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
81 */
82 createAccountAlias(params: IAM.Types.CreateAccountAliasRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
83 /**
84 * Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
85 */
86 createAccountAlias(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
87 /**
88 * Creates a new group. For information about the number of groups you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
89 */
90 createGroup(params: IAM.Types.CreateGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse, AWSError>;
91 /**
92 * Creates a new group. For information about the number of groups you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
93 */
94 createGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse, AWSError>;
95 /**
96 * Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
97 */
98 createInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
99 /**
100 * Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
101 */
102 createInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
103 /**
104 * Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
105 */
106 createLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
107 /**
108 * Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
109 */
110 createLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
111 /**
112 * Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC). The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between AWS and the OIDC provider. When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following: The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the application or applications that are allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider A list of thumbprints of the server certificate(s) that the IdP uses. You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP that you want to use to access AWS. Because trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this operation creates, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged users.
113 */
114 createOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
115 /**
116 * Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC). The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between AWS and the OIDC provider. When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following: The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the application or applications that are allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider A list of thumbprints of the server certificate(s) that the IdP uses. You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP that you want to use to access AWS. Because trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this operation creates, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged users.
117 */
118 createOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
119 /**
120 * Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account. This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
121 */
122 createPolicy(params: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
123 /**
124 * Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account. This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
125 */
126 createPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
127 /**
128 * Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version. Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
129 */
130 createPolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
131 /**
132 * Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version. Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
133 */
134 createPolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
135 /**
136 * Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, go to IAM Roles. For information about limitations on role names and the number of roles you can create, go to Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
137 */
138 createRole(params: IAM.Types.CreateRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
139 /**
140 * Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, go to IAM Roles. For information about limitations on role names and the number of roles you can create, go to Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
141 */
142 createRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
143 /**
144 * Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign-in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the AWS Management Console or one that supports API access to AWS. When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. This operation requires Signature Version 4. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console and About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide.
145 */
146 createSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
147 /**
148 * Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign-in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the AWS Management Console or one that supports API access to AWS. When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. This operation requires Signature Version 4. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console and About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide.
149 */
150 createSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
151 /**
152 * Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific AWS service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide. To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the AWS service that depends on this role.
153 */
154 createServiceLinkedRole(params: IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
155 /**
156 * Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific AWS service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide. To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the AWS service that depends on this role.
157 */
158 createServiceLinkedRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
159 /**
160 * Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user. The only supported service at this time is AWS CodeCommit. You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with AWS CodeCommit: Git Credentials, SSH Keys, and AWS Access Keys in the IAM User Guide.
161 */
162 createServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
163 /**
164 * Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user. The only supported service at this time is AWS CodeCommit. You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with AWS CodeCommit: Git Credentials, SSH Keys, and AWS Access Keys in the IAM User Guide.
165 */
166 createServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
167 /**
168 * Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account. For information about limitations on the number of IAM users you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
169 */
170 createUser(params: IAM.Types.CreateUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse, AWSError>;
171 /**
172 * Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account. For information about limitations on the number of IAM users you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
173 */
174 createUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse, AWSError>;
175 /**
176 * Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of MFA devices you can create, see Limitations on Entities in the IAM User Guide. The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information, such as your AWS access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.
177 */
178 createVirtualMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse, AWSError>;
179 /**
180 * Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of MFA devices you can create, see Limitations on Entities in the IAM User Guide. The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information, such as your AWS access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.
181 */
182 createVirtualMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse, AWSError>;
183 /**
184 * Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Enabling a Virtual Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) Device in the IAM User Guide.
185 */
186 deactivateMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.DeactivateMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
187 /**
188 * Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Enabling a Virtual Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) Device in the IAM User Guide.
189 */
190 deactivateMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
191 /**
192 * Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
193 */
194 deleteAccessKey(params: IAM.Types.DeleteAccessKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
195 /**
196 * Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
197 */
198 deleteAccessKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
199 /**
200 * Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
201 */
202 deleteAccountAlias(params: IAM.Types.DeleteAccountAliasRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
203 /**
204 * Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
205 */
206 deleteAccountAlias(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
207 /**
208 * Deletes the password policy for the AWS account. There are no parameters.
209 */
210 deleteAccountPasswordPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
211 /**
212 * Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.
213 */
214 deleteGroup(params: IAM.Types.DeleteGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
215 /**
216 * Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.
217 */
218 deleteGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
219 /**
220 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
221 */
222 deleteGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeleteGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
223 /**
224 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
225 */
226 deleteGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
227 /**
228 * Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
229 */
230 deleteInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.DeleteInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
231 /**
232 * Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
233 */
234 deleteInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
235 /**
236 * Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
237 */
238 deleteLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.DeleteLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
239 /**
240 * Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
241 */
242 deleteLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
243 /**
244 * Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.
245 */
246 deleteOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
247 /**
248 * Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.
249 */
250 deleteOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
251 /**
252 * Deletes the specified managed policy. Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy: Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using the DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy API operations. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process. Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
253 */
254 deletePolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeletePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
255 /**
256 * Deletes the specified managed policy. Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy: Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using the DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy API operations. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process. Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
257 */
258 deletePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
259 /**
260 * Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
261 */
262 deletePolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.DeletePolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
263 /**
264 * Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
265 */
266 deletePolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
267 /**
268 * Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
269 */
270 deleteRole(params: IAM.Types.DeleteRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
271 /**
272 * Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
273 */
274 deleteRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
275 /**
276 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions by allowing anyone who assumes the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
277 */
278 deleteRolePermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
279 /**
280 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions by allowing anyone who assumes the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
281 */
282 deleteRolePermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
283 /**
284 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role. A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
285 */
286 deleteRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeleteRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
287 /**
288 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role. A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
289 */
290 deleteRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
291 /**
292 * Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
293 */
294 deleteSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.DeleteSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
295 /**
296 * Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
297 */
298 deleteSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
299 /**
300 * Deletes the specified SSH public key. The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
301 */
302 deleteSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
303 /**
304 * Deletes the specified SSH public key. The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
305 */
306 deleteSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
307 /**
308 * Deletes the specified server certificate. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.
309 */
310 deleteServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.DeleteServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
311 /**
312 * Deletes the specified server certificate. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.
313 */
314 deleteServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
315 /**
316 * Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the AWS documentation for your service. For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles Terms and Concepts: AWS Service-Linked Role in the IAM User Guide.
317 */
318 deleteServiceLinkedRole(params: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
319 /**
320 * Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the AWS documentation for your service. For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles Terms and Concepts: AWS Service-Linked Role in the IAM User Guide.
321 */
322 deleteServiceLinkedRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
323 /**
324 * Deletes the specified service-specific credential.
325 */
326 deleteServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
327 /**
328 * Deletes the specified service-specific credential.
329 */
330 deleteServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
331 /**
332 * Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated IAM users.
333 */
334 deleteSigningCertificate(params: IAM.Types.DeleteSigningCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
335 /**
336 * Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated IAM users.
337 */
338 deleteSigningCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
339 /**
340 * Deletes the specified IAM user. The user must not belong to any groups or have any access keys, signing certificates, MFA devices enabled for AWS, or attached policies.
341 */
342 deleteUser(params: IAM.Types.DeleteUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
343 /**
344 * Deletes the specified IAM user. The user must not belong to any groups or have any access keys, signing certificates, MFA devices enabled for AWS, or attached policies.
345 */
346 deleteUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
347 /**
348 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
349 */
350 deleteUserPermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
351 /**
352 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
353 */
354 deleteUserPermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
355 /**
356 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
357 */
358 deleteUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeleteUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
359 /**
360 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
361 */
362 deleteUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
363 /**
364 * Deletes a virtual MFA device. You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice.
365 */
366 deleteVirtualMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
367 /**
368 * Deletes a virtual MFA device. You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice.
369 */
370 deleteVirtualMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
371 /**
372 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
373 */
374 detachGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DetachGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
375 /**
376 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
377 */
378 detachGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
379 /**
380 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
381 */
382 detachRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.DetachRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
383 /**
384 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
385 */
386 detachRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
387 /**
388 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
389 */
390 detachUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DetachUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
391 /**
392 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
393 */
394 detachUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
395 /**
396 * Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.
397 */
398 enableMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.EnableMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
399 /**
400 * Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.
401 */
402 enableMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
403 /**
404 * Generates a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
405 */
406 generateCredentialReport(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateCredentialReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateCredentialReportResponse, AWSError>;
407 /**
408 * Generates a request for a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for the last 365 days, or less if your region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked. The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide. The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report: GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every AWS service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt. GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific AWS service. To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter. For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
409 */
410 generateServiceLastAccessedDetails(params: IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
411 /**
412 * Generates a request for a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for the last 365 days, or less if your region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked. The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide. The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report: GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every AWS service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt. GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific AWS service. To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter. For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
413 */
414 generateServiceLastAccessedDetails(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
415 /**
416 * Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the AWS service and region that were specified in the last request made with that key.
417 */
418 getAccessKeyLastUsed(params: IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse, AWSError>;
419 /**
420 * Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the AWS service and region that were specified in the last request made with that key.
421 */
422 getAccessKeyLastUsed(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse, AWSError>;
423 /**
424 * Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
425 */
426 getAccountAuthorizationDetails(params: IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
427 /**
428 * Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
429 */
430 getAccountAuthorizationDetails(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
431 /**
432 * Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. For more information about using a password policy, go to Managing an IAM Password Policy.
433 */
434 getAccountPasswordPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountPasswordPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountPasswordPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
435 /**
436 * Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the AWS account. For information about limitations on IAM entities, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
437 */
438 getAccountSummary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountSummaryResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountSummaryResponse, AWSError>;
439 /**
440 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
441 */
442 getContextKeysForCustomPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
443 /**
444 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
445 */
446 getContextKeysForCustomPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
447 /**
448 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.
449 */
450 getContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
451 /**
452 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.
453 */
454 getContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
455 /**
456 * Retrieves a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
457 */
458 getCredentialReport(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetCredentialReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetCredentialReportResponse, AWSError>;
459 /**
460 * Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
461 */
462 getGroup(params: IAM.Types.GetGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse, AWSError>;
463 /**
464 * Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
465 */
466 getGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse, AWSError>;
467 /**
468 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
469 */
470 getGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
471 /**
472 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
473 */
474 getGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
475 /**
476 * Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles in the IAM User Guide.
477 */
478 getInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
479 /**
480 * Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles in the IAM User Guide.
481 */
482 getInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
483 /**
484 * Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.
485 */
486 getLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
487 /**
488 * Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.
489 */
490 getLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
491 /**
492 * Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.
493 */
494 getOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
495 /**
496 * Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.
497 */
498 getOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
499 /**
500 * Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. This API returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
501 */
502 getPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
503 /**
504 * Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. This API returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
505 */
506 getPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
507 /**
508 * Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about the types of policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
509 */
510 getPolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
511 /**
512 * Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about the types of policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
513 */
514 getPolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
515 /**
516 * Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
517 */
518 getRole(params: IAM.Types.GetRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse, AWSError>;
519 /**
520 * Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
521 */
522 getRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse, AWSError>;
523 /**
524 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
525 */
526 getRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
527 /**
528 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
529 */
530 getRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
531 /**
532 * Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
533 */
534 getSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
535 /**
536 * Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
537 */
538 getSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
539 /**
540 * Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
541 */
542 getSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
543 /**
544 * Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
545 */
546 getSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
547 /**
548 * Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
549 */
550 getServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
551 /**
552 * Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
553 */
554 getServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
555 /**
556 * After you generate a user, group, role, or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of AWS services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed. The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services that includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report: User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
557 */
558 getServiceLastAccessedDetails(params: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
559 /**
560 * After you generate a user, group, role, or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of AWS services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed. The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services that includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report: User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
561 */
562 getServiceLastAccessedDetails(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
563 /**
564 * After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service. Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the service. Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the service. You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details about those entities. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most recent access listed first.
565 */
566 getServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities(params: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse, AWSError>;
567 /**
568 * After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service. Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the service. Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the service. You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details about those entities. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most recent access listed first.
569 */
570 getServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse, AWSError>;
571 /**
572 * Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use the DeleteServiceLinkedRole API operation to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.
573 */
574 getServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(params: IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse, AWSError>;
575 /**
576 * Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use the DeleteServiceLinkedRole API operation to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.
577 */
578 getServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse, AWSError>;
579 /**
580 * Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API.
581 */
582 getUser(params: IAM.Types.GetUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
583 /**
584 * Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API.
585 */
586 getUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
587 /**
588 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
589 */
590 getUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
591 /**
592 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
593 */
594 getUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
595 /**
596 * Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation.
597 */
598 listAccessKeys(params: IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse, AWSError>;
599 /**
600 * Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation.
601 */
602 listAccessKeys(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse, AWSError>;
603 /**
604 * Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
605 */
606 listAccountAliases(params: IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse, AWSError>;
607 /**
608 * Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
609 */
610 listAccountAliases(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse, AWSError>;
611 /**
612 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use the ListGroupPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
613 */
614 listAttachedGroupPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
615 /**
616 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use the ListGroupPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
617 */
618 listAttachedGroupPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
619 /**
620 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use the ListRolePolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
621 */
622 listAttachedRolePolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
623 /**
624 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use the ListRolePolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
625 */
626 listAttachedRolePolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
627 /**
628 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use the ListUserPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
629 */
630 listAttachedUserPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
631 /**
632 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use the ListUserPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
633 */
634 listAttachedUserPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
635 /**
636 * Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to. You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
637 */
638 listEntitiesForPolicy(params: IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
639 /**
640 * Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to. You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
641 */
642 listEntitiesForPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
643 /**
644 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.
645 */
646 listGroupPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
647 /**
648 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.
649 */
650 listGroupPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
651 /**
652 * Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
653 */
654 listGroups(params: IAM.Types.ListGroupsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse, AWSError>;
655 /**
656 * Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
657 */
658 listGroups(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse, AWSError>;
659 /**
660 * Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
661 */
662 listGroupsForUser(params: IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse, AWSError>;
663 /**
664 * Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
665 */
666 listGroupsForUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse, AWSError>;
667 /**
668 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
669 */
670 listInstanceProfiles(params: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse, AWSError>;
671 /**
672 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
673 */
674 listInstanceProfiles(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse, AWSError>;
675 /**
676 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
677 */
678 listInstanceProfilesForRole(params: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse, AWSError>;
679 /**
680 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
681 */
682 listInstanceProfilesForRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse, AWSError>;
683 /**
684 * Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
685 */
686 listMFADevices(params: IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
687 /**
688 * Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
689 */
690 listMFADevices(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
691 /**
692 * Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
693 */
694 listOpenIDConnectProviders(params: IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
695 /**
696 * Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
697 */
698 listOpenIDConnectProviders(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
699 /**
700 * Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies. You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
701 */
702 listPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
703 /**
704 * Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies. You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
705 */
706 listPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
707 /**
708 * Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service. This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide. User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs. Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included. Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role. For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.
709 */
710 listPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess(params: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse, AWSError>;
711 /**
712 * Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service. This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide. User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs. Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included. Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role. For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.
713 */
714 listPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse, AWSError>;
715 /**
716 * Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
717 */
718 listPolicyVersions(params: IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse, AWSError>;
719 /**
720 * Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
721 */
722 listPolicyVersions(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse, AWSError>;
723 /**
724 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.
725 */
726 listRolePolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
727 /**
728 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.
729 */
730 listRolePolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
731 /**
732 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
733 */
734 listRoleTags(params: IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse, AWSError>;
735 /**
736 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
737 */
738 listRoleTags(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse, AWSError>;
739 /**
740 * Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
741 */
742 listRoles(params: IAM.Types.ListRolesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse, AWSError>;
743 /**
744 * Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
745 */
746 listRoles(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse, AWSError>;
747 /**
748 * Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
749 */
750 listSAMLProviders(params: IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
751 /**
752 * Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
753 */
754 listSAMLProviders(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
755 /**
756 * Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If there none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
757 */
758 listSSHPublicKeys(params: IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse, AWSError>;
759 /**
760 * Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If there none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
761 */
762 listSSHPublicKeys(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse, AWSError>;
763 /**
764 * Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
765 */
766 listServerCertificates(params: IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
767 /**
768 * Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
769 */
770 listServerCertificates(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
771 /**
772 * Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, see Set Up service-specific credentials in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
773 */
774 listServiceSpecificCredentials(params: IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse, AWSError>;
775 /**
776 * Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, see Set Up service-specific credentials in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
777 */
778 listServiceSpecificCredentials(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse, AWSError>;
779 /**
780 * Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If there none exists, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this API. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
781 */
782 listSigningCertificates(params: IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
783 /**
784 * Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If there none exists, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this API. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
785 */
786 listSigningCertificates(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
787 /**
788 * Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.
789 */
790 listUserPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
791 /**
792 * Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.
793 */
794 listUserPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
795 /**
796 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
797 */
798 listUserTags(params: IAM.Types.ListUserTagsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse, AWSError>;
799 /**
800 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
801 */
802 listUserTags(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse, AWSError>;
803 /**
804 * Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
805 */
806 listUsers(params: IAM.Types.ListUsersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse, AWSError>;
807 /**
808 * Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
809 */
810 listUsers(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse, AWSError>;
811 /**
812 * Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
813 */
814 listVirtualMFADevices(params: IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
815 /**
816 * Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
817 */
818 listVirtualMFADevices(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
819 /**
820 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
821 */
822 putGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.PutGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
823 /**
824 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
825 */
826 putGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
827 /**
828 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
829 */
830 putRolePermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.PutRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
831 /**
832 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
833 */
834 putRolePermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
835 /**
836 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role. When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities. A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
837 */
838 putRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.PutRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
839 /**
840 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role. When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities. A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
841 */
842 putRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
843 /**
844 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
845 */
846 putUserPermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.PutUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
847 /**
848 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
849 */
850 putUserPermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
851 /**
852 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
853 */
854 putUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.PutUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
855 /**
856 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
857 */
858 putUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
859 /**
860 * Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist.
861 */
862 removeClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
863 /**
864 * Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist.
865 */
866 removeClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
867 /**
868 * Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance. For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
869 */
870 removeRoleFromInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
871 /**
872 * Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance. For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
873 */
874 removeRoleFromInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
875 /**
876 * Removes the specified user from the specified group.
877 */
878 removeUserFromGroup(params: IAM.Types.RemoveUserFromGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
879 /**
880 * Removes the specified user from the specified group.
881 */
882 removeUserFromGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
883 /**
884 * Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is AWS generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.
885 */
886 resetServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
887 /**
888 * Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is AWS generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.
889 */
890 resetServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
891 /**
892 * Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the AWS servers. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide.
893 */
894 resyncMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.ResyncMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
895 /**
896 * Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the AWS servers. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide.
897 */
898 resyncMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
899 /**
900 * Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version. This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
901 */
902 setDefaultPolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
903 /**
904 * Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version. This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
905 */
906 setDefaultPolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
907 /**
908 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. If you want to simulate existing policies attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy. If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
909 */
910 simulateCustomPolicy(params: IAM.Types.SimulateCustomPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
911 /**
912 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. If you want to simulate existing policies attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy. If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
913 */
914 simulateCustomPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
915 /**
916 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation. The simulation does not perform the API operations, it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
917 */
918 simulatePrincipalPolicy(params: IAM.Types.SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
919 /**
920 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation. The simulation does not perform the API operations, it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
921 */
922 simulatePrincipalPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
923 /**
924 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM user or role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
925 */
926 tagRole(params: IAM.Types.TagRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
927 /**
928 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM user or role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
929 */
930 tagRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
931 /**
932 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user or to a role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
933 */
934 tagUser(params: IAM.Types.TagUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
935 /**
936 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user or to a role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
937 */
938 tagUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
939 /**
940 * Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
941 */
942 untagRole(params: IAM.Types.UntagRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
943 /**
944 * Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
945 */
946 untagRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
947 /**
948 * Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
949 */
950 untagUser(params: IAM.Types.UntagUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
951 /**
952 * Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
953 */
954 untagUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
955 /**
956 * Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates in the IAM User Guide.
957 */
958 updateAccessKey(params: IAM.Types.UpdateAccessKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
959 /**
960 * Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates in the IAM User Guide.
961 */
962 updateAccessKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
963 /**
964 * Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account. This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM Password Policy in the IAM User Guide.
965 */
966 updateAccountPasswordPolicy(params: IAM.Types.UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
967 /**
968 * Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account. This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM Password Policy in the IAM User Guide.
969 */
970 updateAccountPasswordPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
971 /**
972 * Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
973 */
974 updateAssumeRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
975 /**
976 * Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
977 */
978 updateAssumeRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
979 /**
980 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming Users and Groups in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management.
981 */
982 updateGroup(params: IAM.Types.UpdateGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
983 /**
984 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming Users and Groups in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management.
985 */
986 updateGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
987 /**
988 * Changes the password for the specified IAM user. IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
989 */
990 updateLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.UpdateLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
991 /**
992 * Changes the password for the specified IAM user. IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
993 */
994 updateLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
995 /**
996 * Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider's certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated. Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider's certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users.
997 */
998 updateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(params: IAM.Types.UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
999 /**
1000 * Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider's certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated. Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider's certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users.
1001 */
1002 updateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1003 /**
1004 * Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.
1005 */
1006 updateRole(params: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
1007 /**
1008 * Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.
1009 */
1010 updateRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
1011 /**
1012 * Use UpdateRole instead. Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation.
1013 */
1014 updateRoleDescription(params: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse, AWSError>;
1015 /**
1016 * Use UpdateRole instead. Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation.
1017 */
1018 updateRoleDescription(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse, AWSError>;
1019 /**
1020 * Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
1021 */
1022 updateSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
1023 /**
1024 * Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
1025 */
1026 updateSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
1027 /**
1028 * Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow. The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1029 */
1030 updateSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1031 /**
1032 * Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow. The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1033 */
1034 updateSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1035 /**
1036 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a Server Certificate in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management in the IAM User Guide.
1037 */
1038 updateServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UpdateServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1039 /**
1040 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a Server Certificate in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management in the IAM User Guide.
1041 */
1042 updateServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1043 /**
1044 * Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.
1045 */
1046 updateServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1047 /**
1048 * Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.
1049 */
1050 updateServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1051 /**
1052 * Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
1053 */
1054 updateSigningCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UpdateSigningCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1055 /**
1056 * Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
1057 */
1058 updateSigningCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1059 /**
1060 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM User and Renaming an IAM Group in the IAM User Guide. To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and Policies.
1061 */
1062 updateUser(params: IAM.Types.UpdateUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1063 /**
1064 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM User and Renaming an IAM Group in the IAM User Guide. To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and Policies.
1065 */
1066 updateUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1067 /**
1068 * Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1069 */
1070 uploadSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
1071 /**
1072 * Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1073 */
1074 uploadSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
1075 /**
1076 * Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. We recommend that you use AWS Certificate Manager to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to AWS resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see Limitations on IAM Entities and Objects in the IAM User Guide. Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1077 */
1078 uploadServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1079 /**
1080 * Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. We recommend that you use AWS Certificate Manager to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to AWS resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see Limitations on IAM Entities and Objects in the IAM User Guide. Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1081 */
1082 uploadServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1083 /**
1084 * Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active. If the UserName field is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1085 */
1086 uploadSigningCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1087 /**
1088 * Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active. If the UserName field is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1089 */
1090 uploadSigningCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1091 /**
1092 * Waits for the instanceProfileExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getInstanceProfileoperation every 1 seconds (at most 40 times).
1093 */
1094 waitFor(state: "instanceProfileExists", params: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
1095 /**
1096 * Waits for the instanceProfileExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getInstanceProfileoperation every 1 seconds (at most 40 times).
1097 */
1098 waitFor(state: "instanceProfileExists", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
1099 /**
1100 * Waits for the userExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getUseroperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1101 */
1102 waitFor(state: "userExists", params: IAM.Types.GetUserRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
1103 /**
1104 * Waits for the userExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getUseroperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1105 */
1106 waitFor(state: "userExists", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
1107}
1108declare namespace IAM {
1109 export interface AccessKey {
1110 /**
1111 * The name of the IAM user that the access key is associated with.
1112 */
1113 UserName: userNameType;
1114 /**
1115 * The ID for this access key.
1116 */
1117 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
1118 /**
1119 * The status of the access key. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
1120 */
1121 Status: statusType;
1122 /**
1123 * The secret key used to sign requests.
1124 */
1125 SecretAccessKey: accessKeySecretType;
1126 /**
1127 * The date when the access key was created.
1128 */
1129 CreateDate?: dateType;
1130 }
1131 export interface AccessKeyLastUsed {
1132 /**
1133 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the access key was most recently used. This field is null in the following situations: The user does not have an access key. An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information. There is no sign-in data associated with the user
1134 */
1135 LastUsedDate: dateType;
1136 /**
1137 * The name of the AWS service with which this access key was most recently used. The value of this field is "N/A" in the following situations: The user does not have an access key. An access key exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information. There is no sign-in data associated with the user
1138 */
1139 ServiceName: stringType;
1140 /**
1141 * The AWS region where this access key was most recently used. The value for this field is "N/A" in the following situations: The user does not have an access key. An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information. There is no sign-in data associated with the user For more information about AWS regions, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
1142 */
1143 Region: stringType;
1144 }
1145 export interface AccessKeyMetadata {
1146 /**
1147 * The name of the IAM user that the key is associated with.
1148 */
1149 UserName?: userNameType;
1150 /**
1151 * The ID for this access key.
1152 */
1153 AccessKeyId?: accessKeyIdType;
1154 /**
1155 * The status of the access key. Active means that the key is valid for API calls; Inactive means it is not.
1156 */
1157 Status?: statusType;
1158 /**
1159 * The date when the access key was created.
1160 */
1161 CreateDate?: dateType;
1162 }
1163 export type ActionNameListType = ActionNameType[];
1164 export type ActionNameType = string;
1165 export interface AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
1166 /**
1167 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
1168 */
1169 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
1170 /**
1171 * The client ID (also known as audience) to add to the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource.
1172 */
1173 ClientID: clientIDType;
1174 }
1175 export interface AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest {
1176 /**
1177 * The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1178 */
1179 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
1180 /**
1181 * The name of the role to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1182 */
1183 RoleName: roleNameType;
1184 }
1185 export interface AddUserToGroupRequest {
1186 /**
1187 * The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1188 */
1189 GroupName: groupNameType;
1190 /**
1191 * The name of the user to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1192 */
1193 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1194 }
1195 export type ArnListType = arnType[];
1196 export interface AttachGroupPolicyRequest {
1197 /**
1198 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1199 */
1200 GroupName: groupNameType;
1201 /**
1202 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1203 */
1204 PolicyArn: arnType;
1205 }
1206 export interface AttachRolePolicyRequest {
1207 /**
1208 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1209 */
1210 RoleName: roleNameType;
1211 /**
1212 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1213 */
1214 PolicyArn: arnType;
1215 }
1216 export interface AttachUserPolicyRequest {
1217 /**
1218 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1219 */
1220 UserName: userNameType;
1221 /**
1222 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1223 */
1224 PolicyArn: arnType;
1225 }
1226 export interface AttachedPermissionsBoundary {
1227 /**
1228 * The permissions boundary usage type that indicates what type of IAM resource is used as the permissions boundary for an entity. This data type can only have a value of Policy.
1229 */
1230 PermissionsBoundaryType?: PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType;
1231 /**
1232 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user or role.
1233 */
1234 PermissionsBoundaryArn?: arnType;
1235 }
1236 export interface AttachedPolicy {
1237 /**
1238 * The friendly name of the attached policy.
1239 */
1240 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
1241 PolicyArn?: arnType;
1242 }
1243 export type BootstrapDatum = Buffer|Uint8Array|Blob|string;
1244 export interface ChangePasswordRequest {
1245 /**
1246 * The IAM user's current password.
1247 */
1248 OldPassword: passwordType;
1249 /**
1250 * The new password. The new password must conform to the AWS account's password policy, if one exists. The regex pattern that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range (\u00FF). You can also include the tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many tools, such as the AWS Management Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that tool.
1251 */
1252 NewPassword: passwordType;
1253 }
1254 export type ColumnNumber = number;
1255 export interface ContextEntry {
1256 /**
1257 * The full name of a condition context key, including the service prefix. For example, aws:SourceIp or s3:VersionId.
1258 */
1259 ContextKeyName?: ContextKeyNameType;
1260 /**
1261 * The value (or values, if the condition context key supports multiple values) to provide to the simulation when the key is referenced by a Condition element in an input policy.
1262 */
1263 ContextKeyValues?: ContextKeyValueListType;
1264 /**
1265 * The data type of the value (or values) specified in the ContextKeyValues parameter.
1266 */
1267 ContextKeyType?: ContextKeyTypeEnum;
1268 }
1269 export type ContextEntryListType = ContextEntry[];
1270 export type ContextKeyNameType = string;
1271 export type ContextKeyNamesResultListType = ContextKeyNameType[];
1272 export type ContextKeyTypeEnum = "string"|"stringList"|"numeric"|"numericList"|"boolean"|"booleanList"|"ip"|"ipList"|"binary"|"binaryList"|"date"|"dateList"|string;
1273 export type ContextKeyValueListType = ContextKeyValueType[];
1274 export type ContextKeyValueType = string;
1275 export interface CreateAccessKeyRequest {
1276 /**
1277 * The name of the IAM user that the new key will belong to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1278 */
1279 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1280 }
1281 export interface CreateAccessKeyResponse {
1282 /**
1283 * A structure with details about the access key.
1284 */
1285 AccessKey: AccessKey;
1286 }
1287 export interface CreateAccountAliasRequest {
1288 /**
1289 * The account alias to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.
1290 */
1291 AccountAlias: accountAliasType;
1292 }
1293 export interface CreateGroupRequest {
1294 /**
1295 * The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1296 */
1297 Path?: pathType;
1298 /**
1299 * The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-. The group name must be unique within the account. Group names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create groups named both "ADMINS" and "admins".
1300 */
1301 GroupName: groupNameType;
1302 }
1303 export interface CreateGroupResponse {
1304 /**
1305 * A structure containing details about the new group.
1306 */
1307 Group: Group;
1308 }
1309 export interface CreateInstanceProfileRequest {
1310 /**
1311 * The name of the instance profile to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1312 */
1313 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
1314 /**
1315 * The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1316 */
1317 Path?: pathType;
1318 }
1319 export interface CreateInstanceProfileResponse {
1320 /**
1321 * A structure containing details about the new instance profile.
1322 */
1323 InstanceProfile: InstanceProfile;
1324 }
1325 export interface CreateLoginProfileRequest {
1326 /**
1327 * The name of the IAM user to create a password for. The user must already exist. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1328 */
1329 UserName: userNameType;
1330 /**
1331 * The new password for the user. The regex pattern that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range (\u00FF). You can also include the tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many tools, such as the AWS Management Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that tool.
1332 */
1333 Password: passwordType;
1334 /**
1335 * Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
1336 */
1337 PasswordResetRequired?: booleanType;
1338 }
1339 export interface CreateLoginProfileResponse {
1340 /**
1341 * A structure containing the user name and password create date.
1342 */
1343 LoginProfile: LoginProfile;
1344 }
1345 export interface CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
1346 /**
1347 * The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin with https:// and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org or https://example.com. You cannot register the same provider multiple times in a single AWS account. If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID Connect provider in the AWS account, you will get an error.
1348 */
1349 Url: OpenIDConnectProviderUrlType;
1350 /**
1351 * A list of client IDs (also known as audiences). When a mobile or web app registers with an OpenID Connect provider, they establish a value that identifies the application. (This is the value that's sent as the client_id parameter on OAuth requests.) You can register multiple client IDs with the same provider. For example, you might have multiple applications that use the same OIDC provider. You cannot register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM OIDC provider. There is no defined format for a client ID. The CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest operation accepts client IDs up to 255 characters long.
1352 */
1353 ClientIDList?: clientIDListType;
1354 /**
1355 * A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating certificates. The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string. You must provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com. For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect Provider in the IAM User Guide.
1356 */
1357 ThumbprintList: thumbprintListType;
1358 }
1359 export interface CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse {
1360 /**
1361 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new IAM OpenID Connect provider that is created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry.
1362 */
1363 OpenIDConnectProviderArn?: arnType;
1364 }
1365 export interface CreatePolicyRequest {
1366 /**
1367 * The friendly name of the policy. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1368 */
1369 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1370 /**
1371 * The path for the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1372 */
1373 Path?: policyPathType;
1374 /**
1375 * The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for the new policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1376 */
1377 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
1378 /**
1379 * A friendly description of the policy. Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy. For example, "Grants access to production DynamoDB tables." The policy description is immutable. After a value is assigned, it cannot be changed.
1380 */
1381 Description?: policyDescriptionType;
1382 }
1383 export interface CreatePolicyResponse {
1384 /**
1385 * A structure containing details about the new policy.
1386 */
1387 Policy?: Policy;
1388 }
1389 export interface CreatePolicyVersionRequest {
1390 /**
1391 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1392 */
1393 PolicyArn: arnType;
1394 /**
1395 * The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for this new version of the policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1396 */
1397 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
1398 /**
1399 * Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version. When this parameter is true, the new policy version becomes the operative version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
1400 */
1401 SetAsDefault?: booleanType;
1402 }
1403 export interface CreatePolicyVersionResponse {
1404 /**
1405 * A structure containing details about the new policy version.
1406 */
1407 PolicyVersion?: PolicyVersion;
1408 }
1409 export interface CreateRoleRequest {
1410 /**
1411 * The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1412 */
1413 Path?: pathType;
1414 /**
1415 * The name of the role to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- Role names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create roles named both "PRODROLE" and "prodrole".
1416 */
1417 RoleName: roleNameType;
1418 /**
1419 * The trust relationship policy document that grants an entity permission to assume the role. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1420 */
1421 AssumeRolePolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
1422 /**
1423 * A description of the role.
1424 */
1425 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
1426 /**
1427 * The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles in the IAM User Guide.
1428 */
1429 MaxSessionDuration?: roleMaxSessionDurationType;
1430 /**
1431 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
1432 */
1433 PermissionsBoundary?: arnType;
1434 /**
1435 * A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of tags per role, then the entire request fails and the role is not created.
1436 */
1437 Tags?: tagListType;
1438 }
1439 export interface CreateRoleResponse {
1440 /**
1441 * A structure containing details about the new role.
1442 */
1443 Role: Role;
1444 }
1445 export interface CreateSAMLProviderRequest {
1446 /**
1447 * An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide
1448 */
1449 SAMLMetadataDocument: SAMLMetadataDocumentType;
1450 /**
1451 * The name of the provider to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1452 */
1453 Name: SAMLProviderNameType;
1454 }
1455 export interface CreateSAMLProviderResponse {
1456 /**
1457 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new SAML provider resource in IAM.
1458 */
1459 SAMLProviderArn?: arnType;
1460 }
1461 export interface CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest {
1462 /**
1463 * The service principal for the AWS service to which this role is attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com. Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked role, see AWS Services That Work with IAM in the IAM User Guide and look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation for that service.
1464 */
1465 AWSServiceName: groupNameType;
1466 /**
1467 * The description of the role.
1468 */
1469 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
1470 /**
1471 * A string that you provide, which is combined with the service-provided prefix to form the complete role name. If you make multiple requests for the same service, then you must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. Otherwise the request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, you could add -1 or -debug to the suffix. Some services do not support the CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an optional suffix and the operation fails, try the operation again without the suffix.
1472 */
1473 CustomSuffix?: customSuffixType;
1474 }
1475 export interface CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse {
1476 /**
1477 * A Role object that contains details about the newly created role.
1478 */
1479 Role?: Role;
1480 }
1481 export interface CreateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
1482 /**
1483 * The name of the IAM user that is to be associated with the credentials. The new service-specific credentials have the same permissions as the associated user except that they can be used only to access the specified service. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1484 */
1485 UserName: userNameType;
1486 /**
1487 * The name of the AWS service that is to be associated with the credentials. The service you specify here is the only service that can be accessed using these credentials.
1488 */
1489 ServiceName: serviceName;
1490 }
1491 export interface CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse {
1492 /**
1493 * A structure that contains information about the newly created service-specific credential. This is the only time that the password for this credential set is available. It cannot be recovered later. Instead, you will have to reset the password with ResetServiceSpecificCredential.
1494 */
1495 ServiceSpecificCredential?: ServiceSpecificCredential;
1496 }
1497 export interface CreateUserRequest {
1498 /**
1499 * The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1500 */
1501 Path?: pathType;
1502 /**
1503 * The name of the user to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-. User names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create users named both "TESTUSER" and "testuser".
1504 */
1505 UserName: userNameType;
1506 /**
1507 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
1508 */
1509 PermissionsBoundary?: arnType;
1510 /**
1511 * A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of tags per user, then the entire request fails and the user is not created.
1512 */
1513 Tags?: tagListType;
1514 }
1515 export interface CreateUserResponse {
1516 /**
1517 * A structure with details about the new IAM user.
1518 */
1519 User?: User;
1520 }
1521 export interface CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest {
1522 /**
1523 * The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1524 */
1525 Path?: pathType;
1526 /**
1527 * The name of the virtual MFA device. Use with path to uniquely identify a virtual MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1528 */
1529 VirtualMFADeviceName: virtualMFADeviceName;
1530 }
1531 export interface CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse {
1532 /**
1533 * A structure containing details about the new virtual MFA device.
1534 */
1535 VirtualMFADevice: VirtualMFADevice;
1536 }
1537 export interface DeactivateMFADeviceRequest {
1538 /**
1539 * The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1540 */
1541 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1542 /**
1543 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
1544 */
1545 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
1546 }
1547 export interface DeleteAccessKeyRequest {
1548 /**
1549 * The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1550 */
1551 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1552 /**
1553 * The access key ID for the access key ID and secret access key you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1554 */
1555 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
1556 }
1557 export interface DeleteAccountAliasRequest {
1558 /**
1559 * The name of the account alias to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.
1560 */
1561 AccountAlias: accountAliasType;
1562 }
1563 export interface DeleteGroupPolicyRequest {
1564 /**
1565 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group that the policy is embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1566 */
1567 GroupName: groupNameType;
1568 /**
1569 * The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1570 */
1571 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1572 }
1573 export interface DeleteGroupRequest {
1574 /**
1575 * The name of the IAM group to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1576 */
1577 GroupName: groupNameType;
1578 }
1579 export interface DeleteInstanceProfileRequest {
1580 /**
1581 * The name of the instance profile to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1582 */
1583 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
1584 }
1585 export interface DeleteLoginProfileRequest {
1586 /**
1587 * The name of the user whose password you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1588 */
1589 UserName: userNameType;
1590 }
1591 export interface DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
1592 /**
1593 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
1594 */
1595 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
1596 }
1597 export interface DeletePolicyRequest {
1598 /**
1599 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1600 */
1601 PolicyArn: arnType;
1602 }
1603 export interface DeletePolicyVersionRequest {
1604 /**
1605 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete a version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1606 */
1607 PolicyArn: arnType;
1608 /**
1609 * The policy version to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
1610 */
1611 VersionId: policyVersionIdType;
1612 }
1613 export interface DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest {
1614 /**
1615 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role from which you want to remove the permissions boundary.
1616 */
1617 RoleName: roleNameType;
1618 }
1619 export interface DeleteRolePolicyRequest {
1620 /**
1621 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role that the policy is embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1622 */
1623 RoleName: roleNameType;
1624 /**
1625 * The name of the inline policy to delete from the specified IAM role. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1626 */
1627 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1628 }
1629 export interface DeleteRoleRequest {
1630 /**
1631 * The name of the role to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1632 */
1633 RoleName: roleNameType;
1634 }
1635 export interface DeleteSAMLProviderRequest {
1636 /**
1637 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to delete.
1638 */
1639 SAMLProviderArn: arnType;
1640 }
1641 export interface DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest {
1642 /**
1643 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1644 */
1645 UserName: userNameType;
1646 /**
1647 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1648 */
1649 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
1650 }
1651 export interface DeleteServerCertificateRequest {
1652 /**
1653 * The name of the server certificate you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1654 */
1655 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
1656 }
1657 export interface DeleteServiceLinkedRoleRequest {
1658 /**
1659 * The name of the service-linked role to be deleted.
1660 */
1661 RoleName: roleNameType;
1662 }
1663 export interface DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse {
1664 /**
1665 * The deletion task identifier that you can use to check the status of the deletion. This identifier is returned in the format task/aws-service-role/&lt;service-principal-name&gt;/&lt;role-name&gt;/&lt;task-uuid&gt;.
1666 */
1667 DeletionTaskId: DeletionTaskIdType;
1668 }
1669 export interface DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
1670 /**
1671 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1672 */
1673 UserName?: userNameType;
1674 /**
1675 * The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. You can get this value by calling ListServiceSpecificCredentials. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1676 */
1677 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
1678 }
1679 export interface DeleteSigningCertificateRequest {
1680 /**
1681 * The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1682 */
1683 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1684 /**
1685 * The ID of the signing certificate to delete. The format of this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string of characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters or digits.
1686 */
1687 CertificateId: certificateIdType;
1688 }
1689 export interface DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest {
1690 /**
1691 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user from which you want to remove the permissions boundary.
1692 */
1693 UserName: userNameType;
1694 }
1695 export interface DeleteUserPolicyRequest {
1696 /**
1697 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user that the policy is embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1698 */
1699 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1700 /**
1701 * The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1702 */
1703 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1704 }
1705 export interface DeleteUserRequest {
1706 /**
1707 * The name of the user to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1708 */
1709 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1710 }
1711 export interface DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest {
1712 /**
1713 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
1714 */
1715 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
1716 }
1717 export interface DeletionTaskFailureReasonType {
1718 /**
1719 * A short description of the reason that the service-linked role deletion failed.
1720 */
1721 Reason?: ReasonType;
1722 /**
1723 * A list of objects that contains details about the service-linked role deletion failure, if that information is returned by the service. If the service-linked role has active sessions or if any resources that were used by the role have not been deleted from the linked service, the role can't be deleted. This parameter includes a list of the resources that are associated with the role and the region in which the resources are being used.
1724 */
1725 RoleUsageList?: RoleUsageListType;
1726 }
1727 export type DeletionTaskIdType = string;
1728 export type DeletionTaskStatusType = "SUCCEEDED"|"IN_PROGRESS"|"FAILED"|"NOT_STARTED"|string;
1729 export interface DetachGroupPolicyRequest {
1730 /**
1731 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM group to detach the policy from. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1732 */
1733 GroupName: groupNameType;
1734 /**
1735 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1736 */
1737 PolicyArn: arnType;
1738 }
1739 export interface DetachRolePolicyRequest {
1740 /**
1741 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role to detach the policy from. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1742 */
1743 RoleName: roleNameType;
1744 /**
1745 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1746 */
1747 PolicyArn: arnType;
1748 }
1749 export interface DetachUserPolicyRequest {
1750 /**
1751 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to detach the policy from. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1752 */
1753 UserName: userNameType;
1754 /**
1755 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1756 */
1757 PolicyArn: arnType;
1758 }
1759 export interface EnableMFADeviceRequest {
1760 /**
1761 * The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1762 */
1763 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1764 /**
1765 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
1766 */
1767 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
1768 /**
1769 * An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the device.
1770 */
1771 AuthenticationCode1: authenticationCodeType;
1772 /**
1773 * A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the device.
1774 */
1775 AuthenticationCode2: authenticationCodeType;
1776 }
1777 export interface EntityDetails {
1778 /**
1779 * The EntityInfo object that contains details about the entity (user or role).
1780 */
1781 EntityInfo: EntityInfo;
1782 /**
1783 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the authenticated entity last attempted to access AWS. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
1784 */
1785 LastAuthenticated?: dateType;
1786 }
1787 export interface EntityInfo {
1788 Arn: arnType;
1789 /**
1790 * The name of the entity (user or role).
1791 */
1792 Name: userNameType;
1793 /**
1794 * The type of entity (user or role).
1795 */
1796 Type: policyOwnerEntityType;
1797 /**
1798 * The identifier of the entity (user or role).
1799 */
1800 Id: idType;
1801 /**
1802 * The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
1803 */
1804 Path?: pathType;
1805 }
1806 export type EntityType = "User"|"Role"|"Group"|"LocalManagedPolicy"|"AWSManagedPolicy"|string;
1807 export interface ErrorDetails {
1808 /**
1809 * Detailed information about the reason that the operation failed.
1810 */
1811 Message: stringType;
1812 /**
1813 * The error code associated with the operation failure.
1814 */
1815 Code: stringType;
1816 }
1817 export type EvalDecisionDetailsType = {[key: string]: PolicyEvaluationDecisionType};
1818 export type EvalDecisionSourceType = string;
1819 export interface EvaluationResult {
1820 /**
1821 * The name of the API operation tested on the indicated resource.
1822 */
1823 EvalActionName: ActionNameType;
1824 /**
1825 * The ARN of the resource that the indicated API operation was tested on.
1826 */
1827 EvalResourceName?: ResourceNameType;
1828 /**
1829 * The result of the simulation.
1830 */
1831 EvalDecision: PolicyEvaluationDecisionType;
1832 /**
1833 * A list of the statements in the input policies that determine the result for this scenario. Remember that even if multiple statements allow the operation on the resource, if only one statement denies that operation, then the explicit deny overrides any allow. Inaddition, the deny statement is the only entry included in the result.
1834 */
1835 MatchedStatements?: StatementListType;
1836 /**
1837 * A list of context keys that are required by the included input policies but that were not provided by one of the input parameters. This list is used when the resource in a simulation is "*", either explicitly, or when the ResourceArns parameter blank. If you include a list of resources, then any missing context values are instead included under the ResourceSpecificResults section. To discover the context keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy or GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
1838 */
1839 MissingContextValues?: ContextKeyNamesResultListType;
1840 /**
1841 * A structure that details how AWS Organizations and its service control policies affect the results of the simulation. Only applies if the simulated user's account is part of an organization.
1842 */
1843 OrganizationsDecisionDetail?: OrganizationsDecisionDetail;
1844 /**
1845 * Additional details about the results of the evaluation decision. When there are both IAM policies and resource policies, this parameter explains how each set of policies contributes to the final evaluation decision. When simulating cross-account access to a resource, both the resource-based policy and the caller's IAM policy must grant access. See How IAM Roles Differ from Resource-based Policies
1846 */
1847 EvalDecisionDetails?: EvalDecisionDetailsType;
1848 /**
1849 * The individual results of the simulation of the API operation specified in EvalActionName on each resource.
1850 */
1851 ResourceSpecificResults?: ResourceSpecificResultListType;
1852 }
1853 export type EvaluationResultsListType = EvaluationResult[];
1854 export interface GenerateCredentialReportResponse {
1855 /**
1856 * Information about the state of the credential report.
1857 */
1858 State?: ReportStateType;
1859 /**
1860 * Information about the credential report.
1861 */
1862 Description?: ReportStateDescriptionType;
1863 }
1864 export interface GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest {
1865 /**
1866 * The ARN of the IAM resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) used to generate information about when the resource was last used in an attempt to access an AWS service.
1867 */
1868 Arn: arnType;
1869 }
1870 export interface GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse {
1871 /**
1872 * The job ID that you can use in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails or GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations.
1873 */
1874 JobId?: jobIDType;
1875 }
1876 export interface GetAccessKeyLastUsedRequest {
1877 /**
1878 * The identifier of an access key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1879 */
1880 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
1881 }
1882 export interface GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse {
1883 /**
1884 * The name of the AWS IAM user that owns this access key.
1885 */
1886 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1887 /**
1888 * Contains information about the last time the access key was used.
1889 */
1890 AccessKeyLastUsed?: AccessKeyLastUsed;
1891 }
1892 export interface GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest {
1893 /**
1894 * A list of entity types used to filter the results. Only the entities that match the types you specify are included in the output. Use the value LocalManagedPolicy to include customer managed policies. The format for this parameter is a comma-separated (if more than one) list of strings. Each string value in the list must be one of the valid values listed below.
1895 */
1896 Filter?: entityListType;
1897 /**
1898 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
1899 */
1900 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
1901 /**
1902 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
1903 */
1904 Marker?: markerType;
1905 }
1906 export interface GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse {
1907 /**
1908 * A list containing information about IAM users.
1909 */
1910 UserDetailList?: userDetailListType;
1911 /**
1912 * A list containing information about IAM groups.
1913 */
1914 GroupDetailList?: groupDetailListType;
1915 /**
1916 * A list containing information about IAM roles.
1917 */
1918 RoleDetailList?: roleDetailListType;
1919 /**
1920 * A list containing information about managed policies.
1921 */
1922 Policies?: ManagedPolicyDetailListType;
1923 /**
1924 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
1925 */
1926 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
1927 /**
1928 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
1929 */
1930 Marker?: markerType;
1931 }
1932 export interface GetAccountPasswordPolicyResponse {
1933 /**
1934 * A structure that contains details about the account's password policy.
1935 */
1936 PasswordPolicy: PasswordPolicy;
1937 }
1938 export interface GetAccountSummaryResponse {
1939 /**
1940 * A set of key–value pairs containing information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas.
1941 */
1942 SummaryMap?: summaryMapType;
1943 }
1944 export interface GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest {
1945 /**
1946 * A list of policies for which you want the list of context keys referenced in those policies. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1947 */
1948 PolicyInputList: SimulationPolicyListType;
1949 }
1950 export interface GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse {
1951 /**
1952 * The list of context keys that are referenced in the input policies.
1953 */
1954 ContextKeyNames?: ContextKeyNamesResultListType;
1955 }
1956 export interface GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest {
1957 /**
1958 * The ARN of a user, group, or role whose policies contain the context keys that you want listed. If you specify a user, the list includes context keys that are found in all policies that are attached to the user. The list also includes all groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1959 */
1960 PolicySourceArn: arnType;
1961 /**
1962 * An optional list of additional policies for which you want the list of context keys that are referenced. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1963 */
1964 PolicyInputList?: SimulationPolicyListType;
1965 }
1966 export interface GetCredentialReportResponse {
1967 /**
1968 * Contains the credential report. The report is Base64-encoded.
1969 */
1970 Content?: ReportContentType;
1971 /**
1972 * The format (MIME type) of the credential report.
1973 */
1974 ReportFormat?: ReportFormatType;
1975 /**
1976 * The date and time when the credential report was created, in ISO 8601 date-time format.
1977 */
1978 GeneratedTime?: dateType;
1979 }
1980 export interface GetGroupPolicyRequest {
1981 /**
1982 * The name of the group the policy is associated with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1983 */
1984 GroupName: groupNameType;
1985 /**
1986 * The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1987 */
1988 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1989 }
1990 export interface GetGroupPolicyResponse {
1991 /**
1992 * The group the policy is associated with.
1993 */
1994 GroupName: groupNameType;
1995 /**
1996 * The name of the policy.
1997 */
1998 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1999 /**
2000 * The policy document.
2001 */
2002 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
2003 }
2004 export interface GetGroupRequest {
2005 /**
2006 * The name of the group. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2007 */
2008 GroupName: groupNameType;
2009 /**
2010 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2011 */
2012 Marker?: markerType;
2013 /**
2014 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2015 */
2016 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2017 }
2018 export interface GetGroupResponse {
2019 /**
2020 * A structure that contains details about the group.
2021 */
2022 Group: Group;
2023 /**
2024 * A list of users in the group.
2025 */
2026 Users: userListType;
2027 /**
2028 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2029 */
2030 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2031 /**
2032 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2033 */
2034 Marker?: markerType;
2035 }
2036 export interface GetInstanceProfileRequest {
2037 /**
2038 * The name of the instance profile to get information about. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2039 */
2040 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
2041 }
2042 export interface GetInstanceProfileResponse {
2043 /**
2044 * A structure containing details about the instance profile.
2045 */
2046 InstanceProfile: InstanceProfile;
2047 }
2048 export interface GetLoginProfileRequest {
2049 /**
2050 * The name of the user whose login profile you want to retrieve. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2051 */
2052 UserName: userNameType;
2053 }
2054 export interface GetLoginProfileResponse {
2055 /**
2056 * A structure containing the user name and password create date for the user.
2057 */
2058 LoginProfile: LoginProfile;
2059 }
2060 export interface GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
2061 /**
2062 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2063 */
2064 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
2065 }
2066 export interface GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse {
2067 /**
2068 * The URL that the IAM OIDC provider resource object is associated with. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
2069 */
2070 Url?: OpenIDConnectProviderUrlType;
2071 /**
2072 * A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that are associated with the specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
2073 */
2074 ClientIDList?: clientIDListType;
2075 /**
2076 * A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
2077 */
2078 ThumbprintList?: thumbprintListType;
2079 /**
2080 * The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource object was created in the AWS account.
2081 */
2082 CreateDate?: dateType;
2083 }
2084 export interface GetPolicyRequest {
2085 /**
2086 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2087 */
2088 PolicyArn: arnType;
2089 }
2090 export interface GetPolicyResponse {
2091 /**
2092 * A structure containing details about the policy.
2093 */
2094 Policy?: Policy;
2095 }
2096 export interface GetPolicyVersionRequest {
2097 /**
2098 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2099 */
2100 PolicyArn: arnType;
2101 /**
2102 * Identifies the policy version to retrieve. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.
2103 */
2104 VersionId: policyVersionIdType;
2105 }
2106 export interface GetPolicyVersionResponse {
2107 /**
2108 * A structure containing details about the policy version.
2109 */
2110 PolicyVersion?: PolicyVersion;
2111 }
2112 export interface GetRolePolicyRequest {
2113 /**
2114 * The name of the role associated with the policy. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2115 */
2116 RoleName: roleNameType;
2117 /**
2118 * The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2119 */
2120 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2121 }
2122 export interface GetRolePolicyResponse {
2123 /**
2124 * The role the policy is associated with.
2125 */
2126 RoleName: roleNameType;
2127 /**
2128 * The name of the policy.
2129 */
2130 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2131 /**
2132 * The policy document.
2133 */
2134 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
2135 }
2136 export interface GetRoleRequest {
2137 /**
2138 * The name of the IAM role to get information about. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2139 */
2140 RoleName: roleNameType;
2141 }
2142 export interface GetRoleResponse {
2143 /**
2144 * A structure containing details about the IAM role.
2145 */
2146 Role: Role;
2147 }
2148 export interface GetSAMLProviderRequest {
2149 /**
2150 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to get information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2151 */
2152 SAMLProviderArn: arnType;
2153 }
2154 export interface GetSAMLProviderResponse {
2155 /**
2156 * The XML metadata document that includes information about an identity provider.
2157 */
2158 SAMLMetadataDocument?: SAMLMetadataDocumentType;
2159 /**
2160 * The date and time when the SAML provider was created.
2161 */
2162 CreateDate?: dateType;
2163 /**
2164 * The expiration date and time for the SAML provider.
2165 */
2166 ValidUntil?: dateType;
2167 }
2168 export interface GetSSHPublicKeyRequest {
2169 /**
2170 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2171 */
2172 UserName: userNameType;
2173 /**
2174 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
2175 */
2176 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
2177 /**
2178 * Specifies the public key encoding format to use in the response. To retrieve the public key in ssh-rsa format, use SSH. To retrieve the public key in PEM format, use PEM.
2179 */
2180 Encoding: encodingType;
2181 }
2182 export interface GetSSHPublicKeyResponse {
2183 /**
2184 * A structure containing details about the SSH public key.
2185 */
2186 SSHPublicKey?: SSHPublicKey;
2187 }
2188 export interface GetServerCertificateRequest {
2189 /**
2190 * The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2191 */
2192 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
2193 }
2194 export interface GetServerCertificateResponse {
2195 /**
2196 * A structure containing details about the server certificate.
2197 */
2198 ServerCertificate: ServerCertificate;
2199 }
2200 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest {
2201 /**
2202 * The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation.
2203 */
2204 JobId: jobIDType;
2205 /**
2206 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2207 */
2208 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2209 /**
2210 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2211 */
2212 Marker?: markerType;
2213 }
2214 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse {
2215 /**
2216 * The status of the job.
2217 */
2218 JobStatus: jobStatusType;
2219 /**
2220 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the report job was created.
2221 */
2222 JobCreationDate: dateType;
2223 /**
2224 * A ServiceLastAccessed object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access the service.
2225 */
2226 ServicesLastAccessed: ServicesLastAccessed;
2227 /**
2228 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a JobStatus value of IN_PROGRESS.
2229 */
2230 JobCompletionDate: dateType;
2231 /**
2232 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2233 */
2234 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2235 /**
2236 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2237 */
2238 Marker?: markerType;
2239 /**
2240 * An object that contains details about the reason the operation failed.
2241 */
2242 Error?: ErrorDetails;
2243 }
2244 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesRequest {
2245 /**
2246 * The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation.
2247 */
2248 JobId: jobIDType;
2249 /**
2250 * The service namespace for an AWS service. Provide the service namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified service. To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide and choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2251 */
2252 ServiceNamespace: serviceNamespaceType;
2253 /**
2254 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2255 */
2256 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2257 /**
2258 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2259 */
2260 Marker?: markerType;
2261 }
2262 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse {
2263 /**
2264 * The status of the job.
2265 */
2266 JobStatus: jobStatusType;
2267 /**
2268 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the report job was created.
2269 */
2270 JobCreationDate: dateType;
2271 /**
2272 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the generated report job was completed or failed.
2273 */
2274 JobCompletionDate: dateType;
2275 /**
2276 * An EntityDetailsList object that contains details about when an IAM entity (user or role) used group or policy permissions in an attempt to access the specified AWS service.
2277 */
2278 EntityDetailsList: entityDetailsListType;
2279 /**
2280 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2281 */
2282 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2283 /**
2284 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2285 */
2286 Marker?: markerType;
2287 /**
2288 * An object that contains details about the reason the operation failed.
2289 */
2290 Error?: ErrorDetails;
2291 }
2292 export interface GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusRequest {
2293 /**
2294 * The deletion task identifier. This identifier is returned by the DeleteServiceLinkedRole operation in the format task/aws-service-role/&lt;service-principal-name&gt;/&lt;role-name&gt;/&lt;task-uuid&gt;.
2295 */
2296 DeletionTaskId: DeletionTaskIdType;
2297 }
2298 export interface GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse {
2299 /**
2300 * The status of the deletion.
2301 */
2302 Status: DeletionTaskStatusType;
2303 /**
2304 * An object that contains details about the reason the deletion failed.
2305 */
2306 Reason?: DeletionTaskFailureReasonType;
2307 }
2308 export interface GetUserPolicyRequest {
2309 /**
2310 * The name of the user who the policy is associated with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2311 */
2312 UserName: existingUserNameType;
2313 /**
2314 * The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2315 */
2316 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2317 }
2318 export interface GetUserPolicyResponse {
2319 /**
2320 * The user the policy is associated with.
2321 */
2322 UserName: existingUserNameType;
2323 /**
2324 * The name of the policy.
2325 */
2326 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2327 /**
2328 * The policy document.
2329 */
2330 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
2331 }
2332 export interface GetUserRequest {
2333 /**
2334 * The name of the user to get information about. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to the user making the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2335 */
2336 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
2337 }
2338 export interface GetUserResponse {
2339 /**
2340 * A structure containing details about the IAM user. Due to a service issue, password last used data does not include password use from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects last sign-in dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM credential report, and returned by this GetUser API. If users signed in during the affected time, the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed in before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the returned password last used date is accurate. You can use password last used information to identify unused credentials for deletion. For example, you might delete users who did not sign in to AWS in the last 90 days. In cases like this, we recommend that you adjust your evaluation window to include dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if your users use access keys to access AWS programmatically you can refer to access key last used information because it is accurate for all dates.
2341 */
2342 User: User;
2343 }
2344 export interface Group {
2345 /**
2346 * The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2347 */
2348 Path: pathType;
2349 /**
2350 * The friendly name that identifies the group.
2351 */
2352 GroupName: groupNameType;
2353 /**
2354 * The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2355 */
2356 GroupId: idType;
2357 /**
2358 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2359 */
2360 Arn: arnType;
2361 /**
2362 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the group was created.
2363 */
2364 CreateDate: dateType;
2365 }
2366 export interface GroupDetail {
2367 /**
2368 * The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2369 */
2370 Path?: pathType;
2371 /**
2372 * The friendly name that identifies the group.
2373 */
2374 GroupName?: groupNameType;
2375 /**
2376 * The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2377 */
2378 GroupId?: idType;
2379 Arn?: arnType;
2380 /**
2381 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the group was created.
2382 */
2383 CreateDate?: dateType;
2384 /**
2385 * A list of the inline policies embedded in the group.
2386 */
2387 GroupPolicyList?: policyDetailListType;
2388 /**
2389 * A list of the managed policies attached to the group.
2390 */
2391 AttachedManagedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2392 }
2393 export interface InstanceProfile {
2394 /**
2395 * The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2396 */
2397 Path: pathType;
2398 /**
2399 * The name identifying the instance profile.
2400 */
2401 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
2402 /**
2403 * The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2404 */
2405 InstanceProfileId: idType;
2406 /**
2407 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
2408 */
2409 Arn: arnType;
2410 /**
2411 * The date when the instance profile was created.
2412 */
2413 CreateDate: dateType;
2414 /**
2415 * The role associated with the instance profile.
2416 */
2417 Roles: roleListType;
2418 }
2419 export type LineNumber = number;
2420 export interface ListAccessKeysRequest {
2421 /**
2422 * The name of the user. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2423 */
2424 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
2425 /**
2426 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2427 */
2428 Marker?: markerType;
2429 /**
2430 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2431 */
2432 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2433 }
2434 export interface ListAccessKeysResponse {
2435 /**
2436 * A list of objects containing metadata about the access keys.
2437 */
2438 AccessKeyMetadata: accessKeyMetadataListType;
2439 /**
2440 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2441 */
2442 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2443 /**
2444 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2445 */
2446 Marker?: markerType;
2447 }
2448 export interface ListAccountAliasesRequest {
2449 /**
2450 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2451 */
2452 Marker?: markerType;
2453 /**
2454 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2455 */
2456 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2457 }
2458 export interface ListAccountAliasesResponse {
2459 /**
2460 * A list of aliases associated with the account. AWS supports only one alias per account.
2461 */
2462 AccountAliases: accountAliasListType;
2463 /**
2464 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2465 */
2466 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2467 /**
2468 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2469 */
2470 Marker?: markerType;
2471 }
2472 export interface ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest {
2473 /**
2474 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to list attached policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2475 */
2476 GroupName: groupNameType;
2477 /**
2478 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2479 */
2480 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2481 /**
2482 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2483 */
2484 Marker?: markerType;
2485 /**
2486 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2487 */
2488 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2489 }
2490 export interface ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse {
2491 /**
2492 * A list of the attached policies.
2493 */
2494 AttachedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2495 /**
2496 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2497 */
2498 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2499 /**
2500 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2501 */
2502 Marker?: markerType;
2503 }
2504 export interface ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest {
2505 /**
2506 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to list attached policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2507 */
2508 RoleName: roleNameType;
2509 /**
2510 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2511 */
2512 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2513 /**
2514 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2515 */
2516 Marker?: markerType;
2517 /**
2518 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2519 */
2520 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2521 }
2522 export interface ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse {
2523 /**
2524 * A list of the attached policies.
2525 */
2526 AttachedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2527 /**
2528 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2529 */
2530 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2531 /**
2532 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2533 */
2534 Marker?: markerType;
2535 }
2536 export interface ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest {
2537 /**
2538 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the user to list attached policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2539 */
2540 UserName: userNameType;
2541 /**
2542 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2543 */
2544 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2545 /**
2546 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2547 */
2548 Marker?: markerType;
2549 /**
2550 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2551 */
2552 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2553 }
2554 export interface ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse {
2555 /**
2556 * A list of the attached policies.
2557 */
2558 AttachedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2559 /**
2560 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2561 */
2562 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2563 /**
2564 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2565 */
2566 Marker?: markerType;
2567 }
2568 export interface ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest {
2569 /**
2570 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2571 */
2572 PolicyArn: arnType;
2573 /**
2574 * The entity type to use for filtering the results. For example, when EntityFilter is Role, only the roles that are attached to the specified policy are returned. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all attached entities (users, groups, and roles) are returned. The argument for this parameter must be one of the valid values listed below.
2575 */
2576 EntityFilter?: EntityType;
2577 /**
2578 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2579 */
2580 PathPrefix?: pathType;
2581 /**
2582 * The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.
2583 */
2584 PolicyUsageFilter?: PolicyUsageType;
2585 /**
2586 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2587 */
2588 Marker?: markerType;
2589 /**
2590 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2591 */
2592 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2593 }
2594 export interface ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse {
2595 /**
2596 * A list of IAM groups that the policy is attached to.
2597 */
2598 PolicyGroups?: PolicyGroupListType;
2599 /**
2600 * A list of IAM users that the policy is attached to.
2601 */
2602 PolicyUsers?: PolicyUserListType;
2603 /**
2604 * A list of IAM roles that the policy is attached to.
2605 */
2606 PolicyRoles?: PolicyRoleListType;
2607 /**
2608 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2609 */
2610 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2611 /**
2612 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2613 */
2614 Marker?: markerType;
2615 }
2616 export interface ListGroupPoliciesRequest {
2617 /**
2618 * The name of the group to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2619 */
2620 GroupName: groupNameType;
2621 /**
2622 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2623 */
2624 Marker?: markerType;
2625 /**
2626 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2627 */
2628 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2629 }
2630 export interface ListGroupPoliciesResponse {
2631 /**
2632 * A list of policy names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2633 */
2634 PolicyNames: policyNameListType;
2635 /**
2636 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2637 */
2638 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2639 /**
2640 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2641 */
2642 Marker?: markerType;
2643 }
2644 export interface ListGroupsForUserRequest {
2645 /**
2646 * The name of the user to list groups for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2647 */
2648 UserName: existingUserNameType;
2649 /**
2650 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2651 */
2652 Marker?: markerType;
2653 /**
2654 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2655 */
2656 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2657 }
2658 export interface ListGroupsForUserResponse {
2659 /**
2660 * A list of groups.
2661 */
2662 Groups: groupListType;
2663 /**
2664 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2665 */
2666 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2667 /**
2668 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2669 */
2670 Marker?: markerType;
2671 }
2672 export interface ListGroupsRequest {
2673 /**
2674 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ gets all groups whose path starts with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all groups. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2675 */
2676 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
2677 /**
2678 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2679 */
2680 Marker?: markerType;
2681 /**
2682 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2683 */
2684 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2685 }
2686 export interface ListGroupsResponse {
2687 /**
2688 * A list of groups.
2689 */
2690 Groups: groupListType;
2691 /**
2692 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2693 */
2694 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2695 /**
2696 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2697 */
2698 Marker?: markerType;
2699 }
2700 export interface ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest {
2701 /**
2702 * The name of the role to list instance profiles for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2703 */
2704 RoleName: roleNameType;
2705 /**
2706 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2707 */
2708 Marker?: markerType;
2709 /**
2710 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2711 */
2712 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2713 }
2714 export interface ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse {
2715 /**
2716 * A list of instance profiles.
2717 */
2718 InstanceProfiles: instanceProfileListType;
2719 /**
2720 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2721 */
2722 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2723 /**
2724 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2725 */
2726 Marker?: markerType;
2727 }
2728 export interface ListInstanceProfilesRequest {
2729 /**
2730 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all instance profiles whose path starts with /application_abc/component_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all instance profiles. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2731 */
2732 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
2733 /**
2734 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2735 */
2736 Marker?: markerType;
2737 /**
2738 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2739 */
2740 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2741 }
2742 export interface ListInstanceProfilesResponse {
2743 /**
2744 * A list of instance profiles.
2745 */
2746 InstanceProfiles: instanceProfileListType;
2747 /**
2748 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2749 */
2750 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2751 /**
2752 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2753 */
2754 Marker?: markerType;
2755 }
2756 export interface ListMFADevicesRequest {
2757 /**
2758 * The name of the user whose MFA devices you want to list. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2759 */
2760 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
2761 /**
2762 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2763 */
2764 Marker?: markerType;
2765 /**
2766 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2767 */
2768 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2769 }
2770 export interface ListMFADevicesResponse {
2771 /**
2772 * A list of MFA devices.
2773 */
2774 MFADevices: mfaDeviceListType;
2775 /**
2776 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2777 */
2778 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2779 /**
2780 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2781 */
2782 Marker?: markerType;
2783 }
2784 export interface ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest {
2785 }
2786 export interface ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse {
2787 /**
2788 * The list of IAM OIDC provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
2789 */
2790 OpenIDConnectProviderList?: OpenIDConnectProviderListType;
2791 }
2792 export interface ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry {
2793 /**
2794 * The namespace of the service that was accessed. To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2795 */
2796 ServiceNamespace?: serviceNamespaceType;
2797 /**
2798 * The PoliciesGrantingServiceAccess object that contains details about the policy.
2799 */
2800 Policies?: policyGrantingServiceAccessListType;
2801 }
2802 export interface ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest {
2803 /**
2804 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2805 */
2806 Marker?: markerType;
2807 /**
2808 * The ARN of the IAM identity (user, group, or role) whose policies you want to list.
2809 */
2810 Arn: arnType;
2811 /**
2812 * The service namespace for the AWS services whose policies you want to list. To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2813 */
2814 ServiceNamespaces: serviceNamespaceListType;
2815 }
2816 export interface ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse {
2817 /**
2818 * A ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess object that contains details about the permissions policies attached to the specified identity (user, group, or role).
2819 */
2820 PoliciesGrantingServiceAccess: listPolicyGrantingServiceAccessResponseListType;
2821 /**
2822 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2823 */
2824 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2825 /**
2826 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2827 */
2828 Marker?: markerType;
2829 }
2830 export interface ListPoliciesRequest {
2831 /**
2832 * The scope to use for filtering the results. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS. To list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, or if it is set to All, all policies are returned.
2833 */
2834 Scope?: policyScopeType;
2835 /**
2836 * A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies. When OnlyAttached is true, the returned list contains only the policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false, or when the parameter is not included, all policies are returned.
2837 */
2838 OnlyAttached?: booleanType;
2839 /**
2840 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2841 */
2842 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2843 /**
2844 * The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.
2845 */
2846 PolicyUsageFilter?: PolicyUsageType;
2847 /**
2848 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2849 */
2850 Marker?: markerType;
2851 /**
2852 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2853 */
2854 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2855 }
2856 export interface ListPoliciesResponse {
2857 /**
2858 * A list of policies.
2859 */
2860 Policies?: policyListType;
2861 /**
2862 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2863 */
2864 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2865 /**
2866 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2867 */
2868 Marker?: markerType;
2869 }
2870 export interface ListPolicyVersionsRequest {
2871 /**
2872 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2873 */
2874 PolicyArn: arnType;
2875 /**
2876 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2877 */
2878 Marker?: markerType;
2879 /**
2880 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2881 */
2882 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2883 }
2884 export interface ListPolicyVersionsResponse {
2885 /**
2886 * A list of policy versions. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
2887 */
2888 Versions?: policyDocumentVersionListType;
2889 /**
2890 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2891 */
2892 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2893 /**
2894 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2895 */
2896 Marker?: markerType;
2897 }
2898 export interface ListRolePoliciesRequest {
2899 /**
2900 * The name of the role to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2901 */
2902 RoleName: roleNameType;
2903 /**
2904 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2905 */
2906 Marker?: markerType;
2907 /**
2908 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2909 */
2910 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2911 }
2912 export interface ListRolePoliciesResponse {
2913 /**
2914 * A list of policy names.
2915 */
2916 PolicyNames: policyNameListType;
2917 /**
2918 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2919 */
2920 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2921 /**
2922 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2923 */
2924 Marker?: markerType;
2925 }
2926 export interface ListRoleTagsRequest {
2927 /**
2928 * The name of the IAM role for which you want to see the list of tags. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2929 */
2930 RoleName: roleNameType;
2931 /**
2932 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response to indicate where the next call should start.
2933 */
2934 Marker?: markerType;
2935 /**
2936 * (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2937 */
2938 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2939 }
2940 export interface ListRoleTagsResponse {
2941 /**
2942 * The list of tags currently that is attached to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified role, the response contains an empty list.
2943 */
2944 Tags: tagListType;
2945 /**
2946 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
2947 */
2948 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2949 /**
2950 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2951 */
2952 Marker?: markerType;
2953 }
2954 export interface ListRolesRequest {
2955 /**
2956 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all roles whose path starts with /application_abc/component_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all roles. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2957 */
2958 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
2959 /**
2960 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2961 */
2962 Marker?: markerType;
2963 /**
2964 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2965 */
2966 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2967 }
2968 export interface ListRolesResponse {
2969 /**
2970 * A list of roles.
2971 */
2972 Roles: roleListType;
2973 /**
2974 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2975 */
2976 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2977 /**
2978 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2979 */
2980 Marker?: markerType;
2981 }
2982 export interface ListSAMLProvidersRequest {
2983 }
2984 export interface ListSAMLProvidersResponse {
2985 /**
2986 * The list of SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM for this AWS account.
2987 */
2988 SAMLProviderList?: SAMLProviderListType;
2989 }
2990 export interface ListSSHPublicKeysRequest {
2991 /**
2992 * The name of the IAM user to list SSH public keys for. If none is specified, the UserName field is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key used to sign the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2993 */
2994 UserName?: userNameType;
2995 /**
2996 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2997 */
2998 Marker?: markerType;
2999 /**
3000 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3001 */
3002 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3003 }
3004 export interface ListSSHPublicKeysResponse {
3005 /**
3006 * A list of the SSH public keys assigned to IAM user.
3007 */
3008 SSHPublicKeys?: SSHPublicKeyListType;
3009 /**
3010 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3011 */
3012 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3013 /**
3014 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3015 */
3016 Marker?: markerType;
3017 }
3018 export interface ListServerCertificatesRequest {
3019 /**
3020 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /company/servercerts would get all server certificates for which the path starts with /company/servercerts. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all server certificates. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
3021 */
3022 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
3023 /**
3024 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3025 */
3026 Marker?: markerType;
3027 /**
3028 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3029 */
3030 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3031 }
3032 export interface ListServerCertificatesResponse {
3033 /**
3034 * A list of server certificates.
3035 */
3036 ServerCertificateMetadataList: serverCertificateMetadataListType;
3037 /**
3038 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3039 */
3040 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3041 /**
3042 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3043 */
3044 Marker?: markerType;
3045 }
3046 export interface ListServiceSpecificCredentialsRequest {
3047 /**
3048 * The name of the user whose service-specific credentials you want information about. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3049 */
3050 UserName?: userNameType;
3051 /**
3052 * Filters the returned results to only those for the specified AWS service. If not specified, then AWS returns service-specific credentials for all services.
3053 */
3054 ServiceName?: serviceName;
3055 }
3056 export interface ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse {
3057 /**
3058 * A list of structures that each contain details about a service-specific credential.
3059 */
3060 ServiceSpecificCredentials?: ServiceSpecificCredentialsListType;
3061 }
3062 export interface ListSigningCertificatesRequest {
3063 /**
3064 * The name of the IAM user whose signing certificates you want to examine. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3065 */
3066 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
3067 /**
3068 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3069 */
3070 Marker?: markerType;
3071 /**
3072 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3073 */
3074 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3075 }
3076 export interface ListSigningCertificatesResponse {
3077 /**
3078 * A list of the user's signing certificate information.
3079 */
3080 Certificates: certificateListType;
3081 /**
3082 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3083 */
3084 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3085 /**
3086 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3087 */
3088 Marker?: markerType;
3089 }
3090 export interface ListUserPoliciesRequest {
3091 /**
3092 * The name of the user to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3093 */
3094 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3095 /**
3096 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3097 */
3098 Marker?: markerType;
3099 /**
3100 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3101 */
3102 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3103 }
3104 export interface ListUserPoliciesResponse {
3105 /**
3106 * A list of policy names.
3107 */
3108 PolicyNames: policyNameListType;
3109 /**
3110 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3111 */
3112 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3113 /**
3114 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3115 */
3116 Marker?: markerType;
3117 }
3118 export interface ListUserTagsRequest {
3119 /**
3120 * The name of the IAM user whose tags you want to see. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
3121 */
3122 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3123 /**
3124 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response to indicate where the next call should start.
3125 */
3126 Marker?: markerType;
3127 /**
3128 * (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3129 */
3130 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3131 }
3132 export interface ListUserTagsResponse {
3133 /**
3134 * The list of tags that are currently attached to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified user, the response contains an empty list.
3135 */
3136 Tags: tagListType;
3137 /**
3138 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
3139 */
3140 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3141 /**
3142 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3143 */
3144 Marker?: markerType;
3145 }
3146 export interface ListUsersRequest {
3147 /**
3148 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/, which would get all user names whose path starts with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all user names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
3149 */
3150 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
3151 /**
3152 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3153 */
3154 Marker?: markerType;
3155 /**
3156 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3157 */
3158 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3159 }
3160 export interface ListUsersResponse {
3161 /**
3162 * A list of users.
3163 */
3164 Users: userListType;
3165 /**
3166 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3167 */
3168 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3169 /**
3170 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3171 */
3172 Marker?: markerType;
3173 }
3174 export interface ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest {
3175 /**
3176 * The status (Unassigned or Assigned) of the devices to list. If you do not specify an AssignmentStatus, the operation defaults to Any, which lists both assigned and unassigned virtual MFA devices.,
3177 */
3178 AssignmentStatus?: assignmentStatusType;
3179 /**
3180 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3181 */
3182 Marker?: markerType;
3183 /**
3184 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3185 */
3186 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3187 }
3188 export interface ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse {
3189 /**
3190 * The list of virtual MFA devices in the current account that match the AssignmentStatus value that was passed in the request.
3191 */
3192 VirtualMFADevices: virtualMFADeviceListType;
3193 /**
3194 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3195 */
3196 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3197 /**
3198 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3199 */
3200 Marker?: markerType;
3201 }
3202 export interface LoginProfile {
3203 /**
3204 * The name of the user, which can be used for signing in to the AWS Management Console.
3205 */
3206 UserName: userNameType;
3207 /**
3208 * The date when the password for the user was created.
3209 */
3210 CreateDate: dateType;
3211 /**
3212 * Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
3213 */
3214 PasswordResetRequired?: booleanType;
3215 }
3216 export interface MFADevice {
3217 /**
3218 * The user with whom the MFA device is associated.
3219 */
3220 UserName: userNameType;
3221 /**
3222 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.
3223 */
3224 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
3225 /**
3226 * The date when the MFA device was enabled for the user.
3227 */
3228 EnableDate: dateType;
3229 }
3230 export interface ManagedPolicyDetail {
3231 /**
3232 * The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy.
3233 */
3234 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
3235 /**
3236 * The stable and unique string identifying the policy. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3237 */
3238 PolicyId?: idType;
3239 Arn?: arnType;
3240 /**
3241 * The path to the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3242 */
3243 Path?: policyPathType;
3244 /**
3245 * The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default (operative) version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the Using IAM guide.
3246 */
3247 DefaultVersionId?: policyVersionIdType;
3248 /**
3249 * The number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
3250 */
3251 AttachmentCount?: attachmentCountType;
3252 /**
3253 * The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used as the permissions boundary. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3254 */
3255 PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount?: attachmentCountType;
3256 /**
3257 * Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role.
3258 */
3259 IsAttachable?: booleanType;
3260 /**
3261 * A friendly description of the policy.
3262 */
3263 Description?: policyDescriptionType;
3264 /**
3265 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was created.
3266 */
3267 CreateDate?: dateType;
3268 /**
3269 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was last updated. When a policy has only one version, this field contains the date and time when the policy was created. When a policy has more than one version, this field contains the date and time when the most recent policy version was created.
3270 */
3271 UpdateDate?: dateType;
3272 /**
3273 * A list containing information about the versions of the policy.
3274 */
3275 PolicyVersionList?: policyDocumentVersionListType;
3276 }
3277 export type ManagedPolicyDetailListType = ManagedPolicyDetail[];
3278 export interface OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry {
3279 Arn?: arnType;
3280 }
3281 export type OpenIDConnectProviderListType = OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry[];
3282 export type OpenIDConnectProviderUrlType = string;
3283 export interface OrganizationsDecisionDetail {
3284 /**
3285 * Specifies whether the simulated operation is allowed by the AWS Organizations service control policies that impact the simulated user's account.
3286 */
3287 AllowedByOrganizations?: booleanType;
3288 }
3289 export interface PasswordPolicy {
3290 /**
3291 * Minimum length to require for IAM user passwords.
3292 */
3293 MinimumPasswordLength?: minimumPasswordLengthType;
3294 /**
3295 * Specifies whether to require symbols for IAM user passwords.
3296 */
3297 RequireSymbols?: booleanType;
3298 /**
3299 * Specifies whether to require numbers for IAM user passwords.
3300 */
3301 RequireNumbers?: booleanType;
3302 /**
3303 * Specifies whether to require uppercase characters for IAM user passwords.
3304 */
3305 RequireUppercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
3306 /**
3307 * Specifies whether to require lowercase characters for IAM user passwords.
3308 */
3309 RequireLowercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
3310 /**
3311 * Specifies whether IAM users are allowed to change their own password.
3312 */
3313 AllowUsersToChangePassword?: booleanType;
3314 /**
3315 * Indicates whether passwords in the account expire. Returns true if MaxPasswordAge contains a value greater than 0. Returns false if MaxPasswordAge is 0 or not present.
3316 */
3317 ExpirePasswords?: booleanType;
3318 /**
3319 * The number of days that an IAM user password is valid.
3320 */
3321 MaxPasswordAge?: maxPasswordAgeType;
3322 /**
3323 * Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from reusing.
3324 */
3325 PasswordReusePrevention?: passwordReusePreventionType;
3326 /**
3327 * Specifies whether IAM users are prevented from setting a new password after their password has expired.
3328 */
3329 HardExpiry?: booleanObjectType;
3330 }
3331 export type PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType = "PermissionsBoundaryPolicy"|string;
3332 export interface Policy {
3333 /**
3334 * The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy.
3335 */
3336 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
3337 /**
3338 * The stable and unique string identifying the policy. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3339 */
3340 PolicyId?: idType;
3341 Arn?: arnType;
3342 /**
3343 * The path to the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3344 */
3345 Path?: policyPathType;
3346 /**
3347 * The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default version.
3348 */
3349 DefaultVersionId?: policyVersionIdType;
3350 /**
3351 * The number of entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
3352 */
3353 AttachmentCount?: attachmentCountType;
3354 /**
3355 * The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to set the permissions boundary. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3356 */
3357 PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount?: attachmentCountType;
3358 /**
3359 * Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role.
3360 */
3361 IsAttachable?: booleanType;
3362 /**
3363 * A friendly description of the policy. This element is included in the response to the GetPolicy operation. It is not included in the response to the ListPolicies operation.
3364 */
3365 Description?: policyDescriptionType;
3366 /**
3367 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was created.
3368 */
3369 CreateDate?: dateType;
3370 /**
3371 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was last updated. When a policy has only one version, this field contains the date and time when the policy was created. When a policy has more than one version, this field contains the date and time when the most recent policy version was created.
3372 */
3373 UpdateDate?: dateType;
3374 }
3375 export interface PolicyDetail {
3376 /**
3377 * The name of the policy.
3378 */
3379 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
3380 /**
3381 * The policy document.
3382 */
3383 PolicyDocument?: policyDocumentType;
3384 }
3385 export type PolicyEvaluationDecisionType = "allowed"|"explicitDeny"|"implicitDeny"|string;
3386 export interface PolicyGrantingServiceAccess {
3387 /**
3388 * The policy name.
3389 */
3390 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3391 /**
3392 * The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3393 */
3394 PolicyType: policyType;
3395 PolicyArn?: arnType;
3396 /**
3397 * The type of entity (user or role) that used the policy to access the service to which the inline policy is attached. This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3398 */
3399 EntityType?: policyOwnerEntityType;
3400 /**
3401 * The name of the entity (user or role) to which the inline policy is attached. This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3402 */
3403 EntityName?: entityNameType;
3404 }
3405 export interface PolicyGroup {
3406 /**
3407 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group.
3408 */
3409 GroupName?: groupNameType;
3410 /**
3411 * The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3412 */
3413 GroupId?: idType;
3414 }
3415 export type PolicyGroupListType = PolicyGroup[];
3416 export type PolicyIdentifierType = string;
3417 export interface PolicyRole {
3418 /**
3419 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role.
3420 */
3421 RoleName?: roleNameType;
3422 /**
3423 * The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3424 */
3425 RoleId?: idType;
3426 }
3427 export type PolicyRoleListType = PolicyRole[];
3428 export type PolicySourceType = "user"|"group"|"role"|"aws-managed"|"user-managed"|"resource"|"none"|string;
3429 export type PolicyUsageType = "PermissionsPolicy"|"PermissionsBoundary"|string;
3430 export interface PolicyUser {
3431 /**
3432 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user.
3433 */
3434 UserName?: userNameType;
3435 /**
3436 * The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3437 */
3438 UserId?: idType;
3439 }
3440 export type PolicyUserListType = PolicyUser[];
3441 export interface PolicyVersion {
3442 /**
3443 * The policy document. The policy document is returned in the response to the GetPolicyVersion and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. It is not returned in the response to the CreatePolicyVersion or ListPolicyVersions operations. The policy document returned in this structure is URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
3444 */
3445 Document?: policyDocumentType;
3446 /**
3447 * The identifier for the policy version. Policy version identifiers always begin with v (always lowercase). When a policy is created, the first policy version is v1.
3448 */
3449 VersionId?: policyVersionIdType;
3450 /**
3451 * Specifies whether the policy version is set as the policy's default version.
3452 */
3453 IsDefaultVersion?: booleanType;
3454 /**
3455 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy version was created.
3456 */
3457 CreateDate?: dateType;
3458 }
3459 export interface Position {
3460 /**
3461 * The line containing the specified position in the document.
3462 */
3463 Line?: LineNumber;
3464 /**
3465 * The column in the line containing the specified position in the document.
3466 */
3467 Column?: ColumnNumber;
3468 }
3469 export interface PutGroupPolicyRequest {
3470 /**
3471 * The name of the group to associate the policy with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3472 */
3473 GroupName: groupNameType;
3474 /**
3475 * The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3476 */
3477 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3478 /**
3479 * The policy document. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3480 */
3481 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
3482 }
3483 export interface PutRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest {
3484 /**
3485 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role for which you want to set the permissions boundary.
3486 */
3487 RoleName: roleNameType;
3488 /**
3489 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
3490 */
3491 PermissionsBoundary: arnType;
3492 }
3493 export interface PutRolePolicyRequest {
3494 /**
3495 * The name of the role to associate the policy with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3496 */
3497 RoleName: roleNameType;
3498 /**
3499 * The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3500 */
3501 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3502 /**
3503 * The policy document. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3504 */
3505 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
3506 }
3507 export interface PutUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest {
3508 /**
3509 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user for which you want to set the permissions boundary.
3510 */
3511 UserName: userNameType;
3512 /**
3513 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
3514 */
3515 PermissionsBoundary: arnType;
3516 }
3517 export interface PutUserPolicyRequest {
3518 /**
3519 * The name of the user to associate the policy with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3520 */
3521 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3522 /**
3523 * The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3524 */
3525 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3526 /**
3527 * The policy document. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3528 */
3529 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
3530 }
3531 export type ReasonType = string;
3532 export type RegionNameType = string;
3533 export interface RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
3534 /**
3535 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3536 */
3537 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
3538 /**
3539 * The client ID (also known as audience) to remove from the IAM OIDC provider resource. For more information about client IDs, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
3540 */
3541 ClientID: clientIDType;
3542 }
3543 export interface RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest {
3544 /**
3545 * The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3546 */
3547 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
3548 /**
3549 * The name of the role to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3550 */
3551 RoleName: roleNameType;
3552 }
3553 export interface RemoveUserFromGroupRequest {
3554 /**
3555 * The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3556 */
3557 GroupName: groupNameType;
3558 /**
3559 * The name of the user to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3560 */
3561 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3562 }
3563 export type ReportContentType = Buffer|Uint8Array|Blob|string;
3564 export type ReportFormatType = "text/csv"|string;
3565 export type ReportStateDescriptionType = string;
3566 export type ReportStateType = "STARTED"|"INPROGRESS"|"COMPLETE"|string;
3567 export interface ResetServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
3568 /**
3569 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3570 */
3571 UserName?: userNameType;
3572 /**
3573 * The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
3574 */
3575 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
3576 }
3577 export interface ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse {
3578 /**
3579 * A structure with details about the updated service-specific credential, including the new password. This is the only time that you can access the password. You cannot recover the password later, but you can reset it again.
3580 */
3581 ServiceSpecificCredential?: ServiceSpecificCredential;
3582 }
3583 export type ResourceHandlingOptionType = string;
3584 export type ResourceNameListType = ResourceNameType[];
3585 export type ResourceNameType = string;
3586 export interface ResourceSpecificResult {
3587 /**
3588 * The name of the simulated resource, in Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format.
3589 */
3590 EvalResourceName: ResourceNameType;
3591 /**
3592 * The result of the simulation of the simulated API operation on the resource specified in EvalResourceName.
3593 */
3594 EvalResourceDecision: PolicyEvaluationDecisionType;
3595 /**
3596 * A list of the statements in the input policies that determine the result for this part of the simulation. Remember that even if multiple statements allow the operation on the resource, if any statement denies that operation, then the explicit deny overrides any allow. In addition, the deny statement is the only entry included in the result.
3597 */
3598 MatchedStatements?: StatementListType;
3599 /**
3600 * A list of context keys that are required by the included input policies but that were not provided by one of the input parameters. This list is used when a list of ARNs is included in the ResourceArns parameter instead of "*". If you do not specify individual resources, by setting ResourceArns to "*" or by not including the ResourceArns parameter, then any missing context values are instead included under the EvaluationResults section. To discover the context keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy or GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
3601 */
3602 MissingContextValues?: ContextKeyNamesResultListType;
3603 /**
3604 * Additional details about the results of the evaluation decision. When there are both IAM policies and resource policies, this parameter explains how each set of policies contributes to the final evaluation decision. When simulating cross-account access to a resource, both the resource-based policy and the caller's IAM policy must grant access.
3605 */
3606 EvalDecisionDetails?: EvalDecisionDetailsType;
3607 }
3608 export type ResourceSpecificResultListType = ResourceSpecificResult[];
3609 export interface ResyncMFADeviceRequest {
3610 /**
3611 * The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3612 */
3613 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3614 /**
3615 * Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3616 */
3617 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
3618 /**
3619 * An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits.
3620 */
3621 AuthenticationCode1: authenticationCodeType;
3622 /**
3623 * A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits.
3624 */
3625 AuthenticationCode2: authenticationCodeType;
3626 }
3627 export interface Role {
3628 /**
3629 * The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3630 */
3631 Path: pathType;
3632 /**
3633 * The friendly name that identifies the role.
3634 */
3635 RoleName: roleNameType;
3636 /**
3637 * The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3638 */
3639 RoleId: idType;
3640 /**
3641 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide guide.
3642 */
3643 Arn: arnType;
3644 /**
3645 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the role was created.
3646 */
3647 CreateDate: dateType;
3648 /**
3649 * The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role.
3650 */
3651 AssumeRolePolicyDocument?: policyDocumentType;
3652 /**
3653 * A description of the role that you provide.
3654 */
3655 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
3656 /**
3657 * The maximum session duration (in seconds) for the specified role. Anyone who uses the AWS CLI, or API to assume the role can specify the duration using the optional DurationSeconds API parameter or duration-seconds CLI parameter.
3658 */
3659 MaxSessionDuration?: roleMaxSessionDurationType;
3660 /**
3661 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3662 */
3663 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
3664 /**
3665 * A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3666 */
3667 Tags?: tagListType;
3668 }
3669 export interface RoleDetail {
3670 /**
3671 * The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3672 */
3673 Path?: pathType;
3674 /**
3675 * The friendly name that identifies the role.
3676 */
3677 RoleName?: roleNameType;
3678 /**
3679 * The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3680 */
3681 RoleId?: idType;
3682 Arn?: arnType;
3683 /**
3684 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the role was created.
3685 */
3686 CreateDate?: dateType;
3687 /**
3688 * The trust policy that grants permission to assume the role.
3689 */
3690 AssumeRolePolicyDocument?: policyDocumentType;
3691 /**
3692 * A list of instance profiles that contain this role.
3693 */
3694 InstanceProfileList?: instanceProfileListType;
3695 /**
3696 * A list of inline policies embedded in the role. These policies are the role's access (permissions) policies.
3697 */
3698 RolePolicyList?: policyDetailListType;
3699 /**
3700 * A list of managed policies attached to the role. These policies are the role's access (permissions) policies.
3701 */
3702 AttachedManagedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
3703 /**
3704 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3705 */
3706 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
3707 /**
3708 * A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3709 */
3710 Tags?: tagListType;
3711 }
3712 export type RoleUsageListType = RoleUsageType[];
3713 export interface RoleUsageType {
3714 /**
3715 * The name of the region where the service-linked role is being used.
3716 */
3717 Region?: RegionNameType;
3718 /**
3719 * The name of the resource that is using the service-linked role.
3720 */
3721 Resources?: ArnListType;
3722 }
3723 export type SAMLMetadataDocumentType = string;
3724 export interface SAMLProviderListEntry {
3725 /**
3726 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider.
3727 */
3728 Arn?: arnType;
3729 /**
3730 * The expiration date and time for the SAML provider.
3731 */
3732 ValidUntil?: dateType;
3733 /**
3734 * The date and time when the SAML provider was created.
3735 */
3736 CreateDate?: dateType;
3737 }
3738 export type SAMLProviderListType = SAMLProviderListEntry[];
3739 export type SAMLProviderNameType = string;
3740 export interface SSHPublicKey {
3741 /**
3742 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.
3743 */
3744 UserName: userNameType;
3745 /**
3746 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key.
3747 */
3748 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
3749 /**
3750 * The MD5 message digest of the SSH public key.
3751 */
3752 Fingerprint: publicKeyFingerprintType;
3753 /**
3754 * The SSH public key.
3755 */
3756 SSHPublicKeyBody: publicKeyMaterialType;
3757 /**
3758 * The status of the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
3759 */
3760 Status: statusType;
3761 /**
3762 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the SSH public key was uploaded.
3763 */
3764 UploadDate?: dateType;
3765 }
3766 export type SSHPublicKeyListType = SSHPublicKeyMetadata[];
3767 export interface SSHPublicKeyMetadata {
3768 /**
3769 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.
3770 */
3771 UserName: userNameType;
3772 /**
3773 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key.
3774 */
3775 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
3776 /**
3777 * The status of the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
3778 */
3779 Status: statusType;
3780 /**
3781 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the SSH public key was uploaded.
3782 */
3783 UploadDate: dateType;
3784 }
3785 export interface ServerCertificate {
3786 /**
3787 * The meta information of the server certificate, such as its name, path, ID, and ARN.
3788 */
3789 ServerCertificateMetadata: ServerCertificateMetadata;
3790 /**
3791 * The contents of the public key certificate.
3792 */
3793 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
3794 /**
3795 * The contents of the public key certificate chain.
3796 */
3797 CertificateChain?: certificateChainType;
3798 }
3799 export interface ServerCertificateMetadata {
3800 /**
3801 * The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3802 */
3803 Path: pathType;
3804 /**
3805 * The name that identifies the server certificate.
3806 */
3807 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
3808 /**
3809 * The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3810 */
3811 ServerCertificateId: idType;
3812 /**
3813 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
3814 */
3815 Arn: arnType;
3816 /**
3817 * The date when the server certificate was uploaded.
3818 */
3819 UploadDate?: dateType;
3820 /**
3821 * The date on which the certificate is set to expire.
3822 */
3823 Expiration?: dateType;
3824 }
3825 export interface ServiceLastAccessed {
3826 /**
3827 * The name of the service in which access was attempted.
3828 */
3829 ServiceName: serviceNameType;
3830 /**
3831 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
3832 */
3833 LastAuthenticated?: dateType;
3834 /**
3835 * The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3836 */
3837 ServiceNamespace: serviceNamespaceType;
3838 /**
3839 * The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
3840 */
3841 LastAuthenticatedEntity?: arnType;
3842 /**
3843 * The total number of authenticated entities that have attempted to access the service. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
3844 */
3845 TotalAuthenticatedEntities?: integerType;
3846 }
3847 export interface ServiceSpecificCredential {
3848 /**
3849 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the service-specific credential were created.
3850 */
3851 CreateDate: dateType;
3852 /**
3853 * The name of the service associated with the service-specific credential.
3854 */
3855 ServiceName: serviceName;
3856 /**
3857 * The generated user name for the service-specific credential. This value is generated by combining the IAM user's name combined with the ID number of the AWS account, as in jane-at-123456789012, for example. This value cannot be configured by the user.
3858 */
3859 ServiceUserName: serviceUserName;
3860 /**
3861 * The generated password for the service-specific credential.
3862 */
3863 ServicePassword: servicePassword;
3864 /**
3865 * The unique identifier for the service-specific credential.
3866 */
3867 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
3868 /**
3869 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential.
3870 */
3871 UserName: userNameType;
3872 /**
3873 * The status of the service-specific credential. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
3874 */
3875 Status: statusType;
3876 }
3877 export interface ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata {
3878 /**
3879 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential.
3880 */
3881 UserName: userNameType;
3882 /**
3883 * The status of the service-specific credential. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
3884 */
3885 Status: statusType;
3886 /**
3887 * The generated user name for the service-specific credential.
3888 */
3889 ServiceUserName: serviceUserName;
3890 /**
3891 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the service-specific credential were created.
3892 */
3893 CreateDate: dateType;
3894 /**
3895 * The unique identifier for the service-specific credential.
3896 */
3897 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
3898 /**
3899 * The name of the service associated with the service-specific credential.
3900 */
3901 ServiceName: serviceName;
3902 }
3903 export type ServiceSpecificCredentialsListType = ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata[];
3904 export type ServicesLastAccessed = ServiceLastAccessed[];
3905 export interface SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest {
3906 /**
3907 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want to set. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3908 */
3909 PolicyArn: arnType;
3910 /**
3911 * The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3912 */
3913 VersionId: policyVersionIdType;
3914 }
3915 export interface SigningCertificate {
3916 /**
3917 * The name of the user the signing certificate is associated with.
3918 */
3919 UserName: userNameType;
3920 /**
3921 * The ID for the signing certificate.
3922 */
3923 CertificateId: certificateIdType;
3924 /**
3925 * The contents of the signing certificate.
3926 */
3927 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
3928 /**
3929 * The status of the signing certificate. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
3930 */
3931 Status: statusType;
3932 /**
3933 * The date when the signing certificate was uploaded.
3934 */
3935 UploadDate?: dateType;
3936 }
3937 export interface SimulateCustomPolicyRequest {
3938 /**
3939 * A list of policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. Do not include any resource-based policies in this parameter. Any resource-based policy must be submitted with the ResourcePolicy parameter. The policies cannot be "scope-down" policies, such as you could include in a call to GetFederationToken or one of the AssumeRole API operations. In other words, do not use policies designed to restrict what a user can do while using the temporary credentials. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3940 */
3941 PolicyInputList: SimulationPolicyListType;
3942 /**
3943 * A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation is evaluated against each resource. Each operation must include the service identifier, such as iam:CreateUser.
3944 */
3945 ActionNames: ActionNameListType;
3946 /**
3947 * A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3948 */
3949 ResourceArns?: ResourceNameListType;
3950 /**
3951 * A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3952 */
3953 ResourcePolicy?: policyDocumentType;
3954 /**
3955 * An ARN representing the AWS account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN, such as an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn. The ARN for an account uses the following syntax: arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root. For example, to represent the account with the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN: arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root.
3956 */
3957 ResourceOwner?: ResourceNameType;
3958 /**
3959 * The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the API operations. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy so that the policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.
3960 */
3961 CallerArn?: ResourceNameType;
3962 /**
3963 * A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permission policies, the corresponding value is supplied.
3964 */
3965 ContextEntries?: ContextEntryListType;
3966 /**
3967 * Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation. Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security-group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network-interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image, security-group EC2-Classic-EBS instance, image, security-group, volume EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security-group, network-interface EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security-group, network-interface, volume EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet, volume
3968 */
3969 ResourceHandlingOption?: ResourceHandlingOptionType;
3970 /**
3971 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3972 */
3973 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3974 /**
3975 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3976 */
3977 Marker?: markerType;
3978 }
3979 export interface SimulatePolicyResponse {
3980 /**
3981 * The results of the simulation.
3982 */
3983 EvaluationResults?: EvaluationResultsListType;
3984 /**
3985 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3986 */
3987 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3988 /**
3989 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3990 */
3991 Marker?: markerType;
3992 }
3993 export interface SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest {
3994 /**
3995 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to any groups the user belongs to. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3996 */
3997 PolicySourceArn: arnType;
3998 /**
3999 * An optional list of additional policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4000 */
4001 PolicyInputList?: SimulationPolicyListType;
4002 /**
4003 * A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation is evaluated for each resource. Each operation must include the service identifier, such as iam:CreateUser.
4004 */
4005 ActionNames: ActionNameListType;
4006 /**
4007 * A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4008 */
4009 ResourceArns?: ResourceNameListType;
4010 /**
4011 * A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4012 */
4013 ResourcePolicy?: policyDocumentType;
4014 /**
4015 * An AWS account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN, such as an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.
4016 */
4017 ResourceOwner?: ResourceNameType;
4018 /**
4019 * The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller of the API operations. If you do not specify a CallerArn, it defaults to the ARN of the user that you specify in PolicySourceArn, if you specified a user. If you include both a PolicySourceArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David) and a CallerArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob), the result is that you simulate calling the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies. You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4020 */
4021 CallerArn?: ResourceNameType;
4022 /**
4023 * A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permission policies, the corresponding value is supplied.
4024 */
4025 ContextEntries?: ContextEntryListType;
4026 /**
4027 * Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation. Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image, security group EC2-Classic-EBS instance, image, security group, volume EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security group, network interface EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security group, network interface, volume EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume
4028 */
4029 ResourceHandlingOption?: ResourceHandlingOptionType;
4030 /**
4031 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
4032 */
4033 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
4034 /**
4035 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
4036 */
4037 Marker?: markerType;
4038 }
4039 export type SimulationPolicyListType = policyDocumentType[];
4040 export interface Statement {
4041 /**
4042 * The identifier of the policy that was provided as an input.
4043 */
4044 SourcePolicyId?: PolicyIdentifierType;
4045 /**
4046 * The type of the policy.
4047 */
4048 SourcePolicyType?: PolicySourceType;
4049 /**
4050 * The row and column of the beginning of the Statement in an IAM policy.
4051 */
4052 StartPosition?: Position;
4053 /**
4054 * The row and column of the end of a Statement in an IAM policy.
4055 */
4056 EndPosition?: Position;
4057 }
4058 export type StatementListType = Statement[];
4059 export interface Tag {
4060 /**
4061 * The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices.
4062 */
4063 Key: tagKeyType;
4064 /**
4065 * The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
4066 */
4067 Value: tagValueType;
4068 }
4069 export interface TagRoleRequest {
4070 /**
4071 * The name of the role that you want to add tags to. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4072 */
4073 RoleName: roleNameType;
4074 /**
4075 * The list of tags that you want to attach to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. You can specify this with a JSON string.
4076 */
4077 Tags: tagListType;
4078 }
4079 export interface TagUserRequest {
4080 /**
4081 * The name of the user that you want to add tags to. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
4082 */
4083 UserName: existingUserNameType;
4084 /**
4085 * The list of tags that you want to attach to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
4086 */
4087 Tags: tagListType;
4088 }
4089 export interface UntagRoleRequest {
4090 /**
4091 * The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4092 */
4093 RoleName: roleNameType;
4094 /**
4095 * A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified role.
4096 */
4097 TagKeys: tagKeyListType;
4098 }
4099 export interface UntagUserRequest {
4100 /**
4101 * The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
4102 */
4103 UserName: existingUserNameType;
4104 /**
4105 * A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified user.
4106 */
4107 TagKeys: tagKeyListType;
4108 }
4109 export interface UpdateAccessKeyRequest {
4110 /**
4111 * The name of the user whose key you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4112 */
4113 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
4114 /**
4115 * The access key ID of the secret access key you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4116 */
4117 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
4118 /**
4119 * The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the key can be used for API calls to AWS, while Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
4120 */
4121 Status: statusType;
4122 }
4123 export interface UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest {
4124 /**
4125 * The minimum number of characters allowed in an IAM user password. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 6.
4126 */
4127 MinimumPasswordLength?: minimumPasswordLengthType;
4128 /**
4129 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following non-alphanumeric characters: ! @ # $ % ^ &amp; * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one symbol character.
4130 */
4131 RequireSymbols?: booleanType;
4132 /**
4133 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character (0 to 9). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one numeric character.
4134 */
4135 RequireNumbers?: booleanType;
4136 /**
4137 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one uppercase character.
4138 */
4139 RequireUppercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
4140 /**
4141 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one lowercase character.
4142 */
4143 RequireLowercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
4144 /**
4145 * Allows all IAM users in your account to use the AWS Management Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Letting IAM Users Change Their Own Passwords in the IAM User Guide. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users in the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password.
4146 */
4147 AllowUsersToChangePassword?: booleanType;
4148 /**
4149 * The number of days that an IAM user password is valid. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM user passwords never expire.
4150 */
4151 MaxPasswordAge?: maxPasswordAgeType;
4152 /**
4153 * Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from reusing. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM users are not prevented from reusing previous passwords.
4154 */
4155 PasswordReusePrevention?: passwordReusePreventionType;
4156 /**
4157 * Prevents IAM users from setting a new password after their password has expired. The IAM user cannot be accessed until an administrator resets the password. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users can change their passwords after they expire and continue to sign in as the user.
4158 */
4159 HardExpiry?: booleanObjectType;
4160 }
4161 export interface UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest {
4162 /**
4163 * The name of the role to update with the new policy. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4164 */
4165 RoleName: roleNameType;
4166 /**
4167 * The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4168 */
4169 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
4170 }
4171 export interface UpdateGroupRequest {
4172 /**
4173 * Name of the IAM group to update. If you're changing the name of the group, this is the original name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4174 */
4175 GroupName: groupNameType;
4176 /**
4177 * New path for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
4178 */
4179 NewPath?: pathType;
4180 /**
4181 * New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4182 */
4183 NewGroupName?: groupNameType;
4184 }
4185 export interface UpdateLoginProfileRequest {
4186 /**
4187 * The name of the user whose password you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4188 */
4189 UserName: userNameType;
4190 /**
4191 * The new password for the specified IAM user. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) However, the format can be further restricted by the account administrator by setting a password policy on the AWS account. For more information, see UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.
4192 */
4193 Password?: passwordType;
4194 /**
4195 * Allows this new password to be used only once by requiring the specified IAM user to set a new password on next sign-in.
4196 */
4197 PasswordResetRequired?: booleanObjectType;
4198 }
4199 export interface UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest {
4200 /**
4201 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4202 */
4203 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
4204 /**
4205 * A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
4206 */
4207 ThumbprintList: thumbprintListType;
4208 }
4209 export interface UpdateRoleDescriptionRequest {
4210 /**
4211 * The name of the role that you want to modify.
4212 */
4213 RoleName: roleNameType;
4214 /**
4215 * The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.
4216 */
4217 Description: roleDescriptionType;
4218 }
4219 export interface UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse {
4220 /**
4221 * A structure that contains details about the modified role.
4222 */
4223 Role?: Role;
4224 }
4225 export interface UpdateRoleRequest {
4226 /**
4227 * The name of the role that you want to modify.
4228 */
4229 RoleName: roleNameType;
4230 /**
4231 * The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.
4232 */
4233 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
4234 /**
4235 * The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles in the IAM User Guide.
4236 */
4237 MaxSessionDuration?: roleMaxSessionDurationType;
4238 }
4239 export interface UpdateRoleResponse {
4240 }
4241 export interface UpdateSAMLProviderRequest {
4242 /**
4243 * An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
4244 */
4245 SAMLMetadataDocument: SAMLMetadataDocumentType;
4246 /**
4247 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4248 */
4249 SAMLProviderArn: arnType;
4250 }
4251 export interface UpdateSAMLProviderResponse {
4252 /**
4253 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider that was updated.
4254 */
4255 SAMLProviderArn?: arnType;
4256 }
4257 export interface UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest {
4258 /**
4259 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4260 */
4261 UserName: userNameType;
4262 /**
4263 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4264 */
4265 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
4266 /**
4267 * The status to assign to the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
4268 */
4269 Status: statusType;
4270 }
4271 export interface UpdateServerCertificateRequest {
4272 /**
4273 * The name of the server certificate that you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4274 */
4275 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
4276 /**
4277 * The new path for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
4278 */
4279 NewPath?: pathType;
4280 /**
4281 * The new name for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's name. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4282 */
4283 NewServerCertificateName?: serverCertificateNameType;
4284 }
4285 export interface UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
4286 /**
4287 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If you do not specify this value, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4288 */
4289 UserName?: userNameType;
4290 /**
4291 * The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4292 */
4293 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
4294 /**
4295 * The status to be assigned to the service-specific credential.
4296 */
4297 Status: statusType;
4298 }
4299 export interface UpdateSigningCertificateRequest {
4300 /**
4301 * The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4302 */
4303 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
4304 /**
4305 * The ID of the signing certificate you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4306 */
4307 CertificateId: certificateIdType;
4308 /**
4309 * The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the certificate can be used for API calls to AWS Inactive means that the certificate cannot be used.
4310 */
4311 Status: statusType;
4312 }
4313 export interface UpdateUserRequest {
4314 /**
4315 * Name of the user to update. If you're changing the name of the user, this is the original user name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4316 */
4317 UserName: existingUserNameType;
4318 /**
4319 * New path for the IAM user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
4320 */
4321 NewPath?: pathType;
4322 /**
4323 * New name for the user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4324 */
4325 NewUserName?: userNameType;
4326 }
4327 export interface UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest {
4328 /**
4329 * The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4330 */
4331 UserName: userNameType;
4332 /**
4333 * The SSH public key. The public key must be encoded in ssh-rsa format or PEM format. The minimum bit-length of the public key is 2048 bits. For example, you can generate a 2048-bit key, and the resulting PEM file is 1679 bytes long. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4334 */
4335 SSHPublicKeyBody: publicKeyMaterialType;
4336 }
4337 export interface UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse {
4338 /**
4339 * Contains information about the SSH public key.
4340 */
4341 SSHPublicKey?: SSHPublicKey;
4342 }
4343 export interface UploadServerCertificateRequest {
4344 /**
4345 * The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. If you are uploading a server certificate specifically for use with Amazon CloudFront distributions, you must specify a path using the path parameter. The path must begin with /cloudfront and must include a trailing slash (for example, /cloudfront/test/).
4346 */
4347 Path?: pathType;
4348 /**
4349 * The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4350 */
4351 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
4352 /**
4353 * The contents of the public key certificate in PEM-encoded format. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4354 */
4355 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
4356 /**
4357 * The contents of the private key in PEM-encoded format. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4358 */
4359 PrivateKey: privateKeyType;
4360 /**
4361 * The contents of the certificate chain. This is typically a concatenation of the PEM-encoded public key certificates of the chain. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4362 */
4363 CertificateChain?: certificateChainType;
4364 }
4365 export interface UploadServerCertificateResponse {
4366 /**
4367 * The meta information of the uploaded server certificate without its certificate body, certificate chain, and private key.
4368 */
4369 ServerCertificateMetadata?: ServerCertificateMetadata;
4370 }
4371 export interface UploadSigningCertificateRequest {
4372 /**
4373 * The name of the user the signing certificate is for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4374 */
4375 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
4376 /**
4377 * The contents of the signing certificate. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4378 */
4379 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
4380 }
4381 export interface UploadSigningCertificateResponse {
4382 /**
4383 * Information about the certificate.
4384 */
4385 Certificate: SigningCertificate;
4386 }
4387 export interface User {
4388 /**
4389 * The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
4390 */
4391 Path: pathType;
4392 /**
4393 * The friendly name identifying the user.
4394 */
4395 UserName: userNameType;
4396 /**
4397 * The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
4398 */
4399 UserId: idType;
4400 /**
4401 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the user. For more information about ARNs and how to use ARNs in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
4402 */
4403 Arn: arnType;
4404 /**
4405 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
4406 */
4407 CreateDate: dateType;
4408 /**
4409 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user's password was last used to sign in to an AWS website. For a list of AWS websites that capture a user's last sign-in time, see the Credential Reports topic in the Using IAM guide. If a password is used more than once in a five-minute span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is null (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. This can be because: The user never had a password. A password exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information on October 20, 2014. A null valuedoes not mean that the user never had a password. Also, if the user does not currently have a password, but had one in the past, then this field contains the date and time the most recent password was used. This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations.
4410 */
4411 PasswordLastUsed?: dateType;
4412 /**
4413 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4414 */
4415 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
4416 /**
4417 * A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4418 */
4419 Tags?: tagListType;
4420 }
4421 export interface UserDetail {
4422 /**
4423 * The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
4424 */
4425 Path?: pathType;
4426 /**
4427 * The friendly name identifying the user.
4428 */
4429 UserName?: userNameType;
4430 /**
4431 * The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the Using IAM guide.
4432 */
4433 UserId?: idType;
4434 Arn?: arnType;
4435 /**
4436 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
4437 */
4438 CreateDate?: dateType;
4439 /**
4440 * A list of the inline policies embedded in the user.
4441 */
4442 UserPolicyList?: policyDetailListType;
4443 /**
4444 * A list of IAM groups that the user is in.
4445 */
4446 GroupList?: groupNameListType;
4447 /**
4448 * A list of the managed policies attached to the user.
4449 */
4450 AttachedManagedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
4451 /**
4452 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4453 */
4454 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
4455 /**
4456 * A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4457 */
4458 Tags?: tagListType;
4459 }
4460 export interface VirtualMFADevice {
4461 /**
4462 * The serial number associated with VirtualMFADevice.
4463 */
4464 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
4465 /**
4466 * The base32 seed defined as specified in RFC3548. The Base32StringSeed is base64-encoded.
4467 */
4468 Base32StringSeed?: BootstrapDatum;
4469 /**
4470 * A QR code PNG image that encodes otpauth://totp/$virtualMFADeviceName@$AccountName?secret=$Base32String where $virtualMFADeviceName is one of the create call arguments. AccountName is the user name if set (otherwise, the account ID otherwise), and Base32String is the seed in base32 format. The Base32String value is base64-encoded.
4471 */
4472 QRCodePNG?: BootstrapDatum;
4473 /**
4474 * The IAM user associated with this virtual MFA device.
4475 */
4476 User?: User;
4477 /**
4478 * The date and time on which the virtual MFA device was enabled.
4479 */
4480 EnableDate?: dateType;
4481 }
4482 export type accessKeyIdType = string;
4483 export type accessKeyMetadataListType = AccessKeyMetadata[];
4484 export type accessKeySecretType = string;
4485 export type accountAliasListType = accountAliasType[];
4486 export type accountAliasType = string;
4487 export type arnType = string;
4488 export type assignmentStatusType = "Assigned"|"Unassigned"|"Any"|string;
4489 export type attachedPoliciesListType = AttachedPolicy[];
4490 export type attachmentCountType = number;
4491 export type authenticationCodeType = string;
4492 export type booleanObjectType = boolean;
4493 export type booleanType = boolean;
4494 export type certificateBodyType = string;
4495 export type certificateChainType = string;
4496 export type certificateIdType = string;
4497 export type certificateListType = SigningCertificate[];
4498 export type clientIDListType = clientIDType[];
4499 export type clientIDType = string;
4500 export type customSuffixType = string;
4501 export type dateType = Date;
4502 export type encodingType = "SSH"|"PEM"|string;
4503 export type entityDetailsListType = EntityDetails[];
4504 export type entityListType = EntityType[];
4505 export type entityNameType = string;
4506 export type existingUserNameType = string;
4507 export type groupDetailListType = GroupDetail[];
4508 export type groupListType = Group[];
4509 export type groupNameListType = groupNameType[];
4510 export type groupNameType = string;
4511 export type idType = string;
4512 export type instanceProfileListType = InstanceProfile[];
4513 export type instanceProfileNameType = string;
4514 export type integerType = number;
4515 export type jobIDType = string;
4516 export type jobStatusType = "IN_PROGRESS"|"COMPLETED"|"FAILED"|string;
4517 export type listPolicyGrantingServiceAccessResponseListType = ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry[];
4518 export type markerType = string;
4519 export type maxItemsType = number;
4520 export type maxPasswordAgeType = number;
4521 export type mfaDeviceListType = MFADevice[];
4522 export type minimumPasswordLengthType = number;
4523 export type passwordReusePreventionType = number;
4524 export type passwordType = string;
4525 export type pathPrefixType = string;
4526 export type pathType = string;
4527 export type policyDescriptionType = string;
4528 export type policyDetailListType = PolicyDetail[];
4529 export type policyDocumentType = string;
4530 export type policyDocumentVersionListType = PolicyVersion[];
4531 export type policyGrantingServiceAccessListType = PolicyGrantingServiceAccess[];
4532 export type policyListType = Policy[];
4533 export type policyNameListType = policyNameType[];
4534 export type policyNameType = string;
4535 export type policyOwnerEntityType = "USER"|"ROLE"|"GROUP"|string;
4536 export type policyPathType = string;
4537 export type policyScopeType = "All"|"AWS"|"Local"|string;
4538 export type policyType = "INLINE"|"MANAGED"|string;
4539 export type policyVersionIdType = string;
4540 export type privateKeyType = string;
4541 export type publicKeyFingerprintType = string;
4542 export type publicKeyIdType = string;
4543 export type publicKeyMaterialType = string;
4544 export type roleDescriptionType = string;
4545 export type roleDetailListType = RoleDetail[];
4546 export type roleListType = Role[];
4547 export type roleMaxSessionDurationType = number;
4548 export type roleNameType = string;
4549 export type serialNumberType = string;
4550 export type serverCertificateMetadataListType = ServerCertificateMetadata[];
4551 export type serverCertificateNameType = string;
4552 export type serviceName = string;
4553 export type serviceNameType = string;
4554 export type serviceNamespaceListType = serviceNamespaceType[];
4555 export type serviceNamespaceType = string;
4556 export type servicePassword = string;
4557 export type serviceSpecificCredentialId = string;
4558 export type serviceUserName = string;
4559 export type statusType = "Active"|"Inactive"|string;
4560 export type stringType = string;
4561 export type summaryKeyType = "Users"|"UsersQuota"|"Groups"|"GroupsQuota"|"ServerCertificates"|"ServerCertificatesQuota"|"UserPolicySizeQuota"|"GroupPolicySizeQuota"|"GroupsPerUserQuota"|"SigningCertificatesPerUserQuota"|"AccessKeysPerUserQuota"|"MFADevices"|"MFADevicesInUse"|"AccountMFAEnabled"|"AccountAccessKeysPresent"|"AccountSigningCertificatesPresent"|"AttachedPoliciesPerGroupQuota"|"AttachedPoliciesPerRoleQuota"|"AttachedPoliciesPerUserQuota"|"Policies"|"PoliciesQuota"|"PolicySizeQuota"|"PolicyVersionsInUse"|"PolicyVersionsInUseQuota"|"VersionsPerPolicyQuota"|string;
4562 export type summaryMapType = {[key: string]: summaryValueType};
4563 export type summaryValueType = number;
4564 export type tagKeyListType = tagKeyType[];
4565 export type tagKeyType = string;
4566 export type tagListType = Tag[];
4567 export type tagValueType = string;
4568 export type thumbprintListType = thumbprintType[];
4569 export type thumbprintType = string;
4570 export type userDetailListType = UserDetail[];
4571 export type userListType = User[];
4572 export type userNameType = string;
4573 export type virtualMFADeviceListType = VirtualMFADevice[];
4574 export type virtualMFADeviceName = string;
4575 /**
4576 * A string in YYYY-MM-DD format that represents the latest possible API version that can be used in this service. Specify 'latest' to use the latest possible version.
4577 */
4578 export type apiVersion = "2010-05-08"|"latest"|string;
4579 export interface ClientApiVersions {
4580 /**
4581 * A string in YYYY-MM-DD format that represents the latest possible API version that can be used in this service. Specify 'latest' to use the latest possible version.
4582 */
4583 apiVersion?: apiVersion;
4584 }
4585 export type ClientConfiguration = ServiceConfigurationOptions & ClientApiVersions;
4586 /**
4587 * Contains interfaces for use with the IAM client.
4588 */
4589 export import Types = IAM;
4590}
4591export = IAM;